Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II -...

160
Operator Reference Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) Bulletin MN06103L Smith Meter Inc. The Most Trusted Name In Measurement

Transcript of Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II -...

Page 1: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Operator Reference

Electronic Preset Delivery System

AccuLoad II - SQR

Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) Bulletin MN06103L

Smith Meter Inc. The Most Trusted Name In Measurement

Page 2: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Warning

On initial power-up of a new unit or after installation of a new computer board, there are several alarms that willbe triggered which cannot be cleared until the AccuLoad II is programmed.

Warning

These preset devices must be used with fail-safe backup equipment to prevent accidental runaway delivery ofproduct. Failure to provide fail-safe backup equipment could result in personal injury, property loss andequipment damage.

United States NIST Handbook 44 UR.3.5.1. and UR.3.5.2

For compliance to United States NIST Handbook 44 UR.3.5.1. and UR.3.5.2. invoices printed using a mechanicalnumeric-only printer (e.g., Smith Load Printer) must contain in preprinted form, the following information:

a. Volume corrected to 60 degrees Fb. API/C of E _____________________c. Temperature ____________________d. Gross Volume____________________

where the API/C of E, temperature, and gross volume may be hand-written on the ticket. Refer to Handbook 44,UR.3.5.1 and UR.3.5.2. for current requirements.

Page 3: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

iii

Table of Contents

Section 1 - Introduction ................................................................................................................... ..................1Product Description ............................................................................................................................................1How To Use This Manual....................................................................................................................................3Before Beginning Operations...............................................................................................................................3

Section 2 - System Di rectory .............................................................................................................................4000 - Configuration Directory...............................................................................................................................4

001 - Number of Products..............................................................................................................................4002 - Number of Additive Injectors.................................................................................................................4003, 004, 005, 006 - A/C Output Relay Assignments .....................................................................................4007 - A/C Output Relay Assignments ............................................................................................................5008, 009 - D/C Output Relay Assignments.....................................................................................................5010, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015 - A/C Input Assignments ..................................................................................5040 - Print Configuration................................................................................................................................6041 - Additive System and Pacing .................................................................................................................9090 - Input/Output Configuration....................................................................................................................9

100 - General Purpose Directory.....................................................................................................................11101 - Alarm Check and Reset......................................................................................................................11102, 103, 104, 105 Product Alarm Check and Reset....................................................................................18106 - Blend Alarms Check/Reset .................................................................................................................19107 - Transaction Alarms.............................................................................................................................19108 - Ready Mode Alarms ...........................................................................................................................19109 - Set Time.............................................................................................................................................19110 - Set Date.............................................................................................................................................20111 - Dynamic Display Time-out ..................................................................................................................20140 - Protection of Program Codes 180 - 189..............................................................................................20141 - Local Mode Alarm Clearing.................................................................................................................20142 - Decimal or Comma Selection..............................................................................................................21143 - Alarm Relay........................................................................................................................................22144 - Run/Ready Initialization ......................................................................................................................22145 - Ready/Run Mode Clearable Alarms Selection.....................................................................................22180 - Programming Access Code ................................................................................................................26181 - Transaction Security I.D. ....................................................................................................................26182 - Transaction Security Prompt Message ...............................................................................................26183 - Auto Reset Timer ...............................................................................................................................26184 - Ready Mode Message........................................................................................................................27185 - Run & Ready Mode Customized Display.............................................................................................27186 - Power-fail Alarm .................................................................................................................................32190 - Meter Position Disable........................................................................................................................32

200 - Flow Control Directory............................................................................................................................32201 - Low Flow Start Volume (Digital Valve) ................................................................................................32202 - Low Flow Start Flow Rate (Digital Valve) ............................................................................................33203 - Low Flow Start ...................................................................................................................................33204 - Zero Flow Timer .................................................................................................................................33205 - Overrun Alarm Limit............................................................................................................................34206 - Start After Stop Delay.........................................................................................................................34207 - Pump Relay Time Delay .....................................................................................................................34208 - Valve Delay to Open...........................................................................................................................34209 - PT/VF Time Delay ..............................................................................................................................34210 - Flow Control Valve .............................................................................................................................35211 - Zero Flow Alarm.................................................................................................................................35240 - Protection of Program Codes 280-289................................................................................................35241 - Flow Control Valve Security................................................................................................................36280 - Clean Line Product .............................................................................................................................36281 - Clean Line Volume .............................................................................................................................36282 - Clean Line Alarm Limit........................................................................................................................36283 - Block Valve Position ...........................................................................................................................36

Page 4: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

iv

300 - Volume Accuracy Directory ....................................................................................................................37301 - Transaction Control ............................................................................................................................37302 - Maximum Preset Volume....................................................................................................................37303 - Minimum Preset Volume.....................................................................................................................38304 - Auto Preset ........................................................................................................................................38305 - Auto Preset Increment........................................................................................................................38306 - Blank Downcounter ............................................................................................................................38307 - Volumes for Local Storage..................................................................................................................39340 - Protection of Program Codes 380-389................................................................................................39341 - Dual Pulse Error Count.......................................................................................................................39342 - Dual Pulse Error Reset .......................................................................................................................40343 - Dual Pulse Flow Rate Cutoff...............................................................................................................40344 - Display Units ......................................................................................................................................40345 - Corrected Display ...............................................................................................................................41346 - Printer 1 Registration..........................................................................................................................41347 - Printer 1 Output Resolution.................................................................................................................41348 - Printer 2 Registration..........................................................................................................................41349 - Printer 2 Output Resolution.................................................................................................................42350 - Display Resolution..............................................................................................................................42351 - Input Resolution .................................................................................................................................42352 - Proving Modes ...................................................................................................................................42353 - Proving Output ...................................................................................................................................43354 - Proving Output Units ..........................................................................................................................43355 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage) ............................................................................................................43356 - Blend Tolerance (Volume) ..................................................................................................................43357 - Blend Correction.................................................................................................................................44358 - Recipes per Transaction.....................................................................................................................44359 - Auto Proving Select ............................................................................................................................44390 - Input Pulse Type ................................................................................................................................44391 - Input Pulse Doubler ............................................................................................................................45392 - Transmitter Type ................................................................................................................................45

400 - Temperature and Density Directory........................................................................................................45440 - Protection of Program Codes 480-489................................................................................................45441 - Temperature Units..............................................................................................................................46442 - Reference Temperature......................................................................................................................46443 - Temperature Offset ............................................................................................................................46444 - Density or Temperature Input .............................................................................................................47445 - Density Units ......................................................................................................................................47446 - Min Temp/Density Units - 4 mA .........................................................................................................47447 - Max Temp/Density Units - 20 mA .......................................................................................................48448 - Volume/Mass Conversion...................................................................................................................48449 - Mass Units .........................................................................................................................................49

500 - Pressure Directory .................................................................................................................................49540 - Protection of Program Codes 580-589................................................................................................49541 - Pressure Units....................................................................................................................................49542 - Minimum Pressure Units - 4 mA .........................................................................................................49543 - Maximum Pressure Units - 20 mA ......................................................................................................50

600 - Read Only Data Directory ......................................................................................................................50601 - Injector 1 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................50602 - Injector 2 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................50603 - Injector 3 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................50604 - Injector 4 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................50605 - Injector 5 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................51606 - Injector 6 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................51607 - Injector 7 Non-resettable Totals ..........................................................................................................51608 - Local Storage Transactions ................................................................................................................51640 - Protection of Program Codes 680-689................................................................................................52

700 - Communications Directory .....................................................................................................................52

Page 5: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

v

701 - EIA-232 Communication Type ............................................................................................................52702 - EIA-232 Communication Control.........................................................................................................52703 - EIA-232 Baud Rate.............................................................................................................................57704 - EIA-232 Data Format..........................................................................................................................57705 - EIA-485 Communication Type ............................................................................................................57706 - EIA-485 Communication Control.........................................................................................................58707 - EIA-485 Baud Rate.............................................................................................................................58708 - EIA-485 Data Format..........................................................................................................................59709 - Communication Address.....................................................................................................................59710, 711, 712, 713, 714 - Printer Output Messages.....................................................................................59715, 716, 717, 718, 719 - Prompt Messages ...............................................................................................59720 - Meter ID .............................................................................................................................................60721 - Print Summary ...................................................................................................................................60722 - View Delivery Configuration Report.....................................................................................................60740 - Protection of Program Codes 780-789................................................................................................61741 - Communication Link Programming .....................................................................................................61742 - Communications Time-out ..................................................................................................................61743 - Communications Alarm Mode.............................................................................................................62744 - Prompt Time-out.................................................................................................................................62745, 746, 747, 748, 749 - Prompts Data Entry Length and Display Type......................................................62750 - Start Key Enable/Disable....................................................................................................................63751 - Shared Printer Out Alarm ...................................................................................................................63752 - Shared Printer Out Timer....................................................................................................................63753 - EIA-232 Printer Security .....................................................................................................................64754 - EIA-485 Printer Security .....................................................................................................................65755 - Shared Printer Security Alarm ............................................................................................................66756 - Select Volumes to Print ......................................................................................................................66757 - Select Load Averages to Print ............................................................................................................67758 - Select the Additive Volumes to Print ...................................................................................................67759 - Delivery Configuration Report .............................................................................................................67760, 761, 762, 763, 764, 765, 766, - Additive 1 - 7 Addresses .....................................................................80780 - Number of Prompts ............................................................................................................................80781 - Print Transaction ................................................................................................................................80782 - Prompts Printed..................................................................................................................................80

800 - Inputs and Outputs Directory..................................................................................................................81801 - Additive Injector Stop..........................................................................................................................81802 - Additive Injector Output ......................................................................................................................81803 - Manual/Auto Additive Injector .............................................................................................................81804 - Restart After Valve Power Restored ...................................................................................................82805 - Valve Power Sense Permissive Message ...........................................................................................82806, 810 - Permissive Sense 1 & 2 Select ...................................................................................................82807, 811 - Permissive Sense 1 & 2 Messages Select ..................................................................................83808, 812 - Restart After Permissive Sense ..................................................................................................83809 - Prompt Message ................................................................................................................................83813 - Additive Feedback Alarm Message.....................................................................................................84814 - Additive Injector Stop Volume.............................................................................................................84840 - Protection of Program Codes 880-889................................................................................................84841, 842, 843, 844, 845, 846, 847 - Additive Injector Feedback ...................................................................84848 - Injector Units ......................................................................................................................................85849 - Additive Injector Feedback Errors .......................................................................................................85850, 851, 852, 853, 854, 855, 856 - Additive Injector Feedback Delay .........................................................85857 - Additive Feedback Alarm Action .........................................................................................................86858 - Additive Totals Units...........................................................................................................................86

900 - Diagnostics Directory .............................................................................................................................86POWER-UP DIAGNOSTICS .......................................................................................................................86KEYPAD SELECTABLE DIAGNOSTICS.....................................................................................................87901 - Display Test .......................................................................................................................................87902 - Keypad Test .......................................................................................................................................87

Page 6: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

vi

903 - RTD Test............................................................................................................................................88904 - 4-20 mA Channel 1 Test (Pressure Input ............................................................................................88905 - 4-20 mA Channel 2 Test (Density/Temp Input ....................................................................................88906 - Internal Temperature Test ..................................................................................................................89907 - Power Supply Test .............................................................................................................................89908 - CRC Firmware Version.......................................................................................................................89909 - AccuLoad II Model Number ................................................................................................................90910 - ACM Model Number ...........................................................................................................................90911 - System Messages ..............................................................................................................................91912 - Calibration Event Counter...................................................................................................................91913 - Configuration Event Counter...............................................................................................................91940 - Protection of Program Codes 980-989................................................................................................91941 - Communication Test - EIA-232 - No Echo Back..................................................................................92942 - Communication Test - EIA-232 - With Echo........................................................................................92943 - Communication Test - EIA-485 - No Echo Back..................................................................................93944 - Communication Test - EIA-485 - With Echo........................................................................................93945 - Meter Pulse Test (Single Channel X1) ................................................................................................93946 - Meter Pulse Test (Single Channel X2) ................................................................................................94947 - Meter Pulse Test - (Dual Channel X1) ................................................................................................94948 - Meter Pulse Test (Dual Channel X1)...................................................................................................94949 - Meter Pulse Test - (Dual Channel X2) ................................................................................................95950 - Meter Pulse Test (Dual Channel X1)...................................................................................................95951 - Meter Pulse Test (Dual Channel X1)...................................................................................................95952 - Contact Input Test ..............................................................................................................................96953 - High-speed Prover..............................................................................................................................96954 - Ticket Print 1 Test ..............................................................................................................................96955 - Ticket Print 2 Test ..............................................................................................................................97956 - Clear Local Storage............................................................................................................................97957 - Contact Output ...................................................................................................................................97958 - Clear Configurable Report ..................................................................................................................98991 - Relay Test..........................................................................................................................................98992 - RAM Test ...........................................................................................................................................99993 - Power-up Diagnostics....................................................................................................................... 100994 - Zero Non-Resettable Totals.............................................................................................................. 101995 - Initialize ............................................................................................................................................ 101996 - Watchdog Diagnostic........................................................................................................................ 101997 - Relay Select Test .............................................................................................................................102

Section 3 - Product Di rectory ........................................................................................................................ 103100 - General Purpose Directory ..................................................................................................................... 103

140 - Protection of Program Codes 180-189..............................................................................................103141 - Product Selection .............................................................................................................................103180 - Product Message Select................................................................................................................... 103

200 - Flow Control Directory............................................................................................................................103201 - Excess Flow Rate.............................................................................................................................103202 - Minimum Flow Rate.......................................................................................................................... 104203 - Block Valve Type..............................................................................................................................104204 - First High Flow Rate......................................................................................................................... 104205 - Flow Tolerance................................................................................................................................. 104206 - Second High Flow Rate .................................................................................................................... 104207 - First Trip Volume..............................................................................................................................105208 - Final (Second) Trip Volume .............................................................................................................. 105209 - Final (Second) Trip Auto Adjust ........................................................................................................ 105210 - Low Flow Rate Alarm Limit ............................................................................................................... 105211 - Block Valve Delay to Close............................................................................................................... 106212 - Block Valve Delay to Open ............................................................................................................... 106240 - Protection of Program Codes 280-289..............................................................................................106241 - Block Valve Security......................................................................................................................... 106

300 - Volume Accuracy Directory..................................................................................................................... 107

Page 7: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

vii

301 - Minimum Batch Volume.................................................................................................................... 107340 - Protection of Program Codes 380-389..............................................................................................107341, 343, 345, 347 - Flow Rates................................................................................................................ 107342, 344, 346, 348 - Meter Factors............................................................................................................ 107349 - Meter Factor % Change/Degree ....................................................................................................... 108350 - Meter Factor Reference Temperature...............................................................................................108390 - Master Meter Factor ......................................................................................................................... 108391 - Linearized Factor Deviation .............................................................................................................. 109392 - Meter Factor Variation ...................................................................................................................... 109

400 - Temperature and Density Directory ......................................................................................................... 109440 - Protection of Program Codes 480-489..............................................................................................109441 - API Table & Product......................................................................................................................... 110442 - Reference Density ............................................................................................................................110443 - Low Temperature Alarm ................................................................................................................... 111444 - High Temperature Alarm .................................................................................................................. 111445 - Maintenance Temperature................................................................................................................ 111446 - Low Density Alarm............................................................................................................................112447 - High Density Alarm...........................................................................................................................112

500 - Pressure Directory ................................................................................................................................. 112501 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Setting ...................................................................................... 112502 - Differential Pressure ......................................................................................................................... 112503 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Timer Setting ............................................................................ 113504 - Back Pressure Reduction ................................................................................................................. 113505 - Low Pressure Alarm ......................................................................................................................... 113506 - High Pressure Alarm ........................................................................................................................ 114540 - Protection of Program Codes 580-589..............................................................................................114541 - Compressibility Factor ...................................................................................................................... 114542 - Vapor Pressure Calculation .............................................................................................................. 114543, 545, 547 - Product Vapor Pressure.................................................................................................... 115544, 546, 548 - Product Vapor Pressure Temperature............................................................................... 115549 - Maintenance Pressure...................................................................................................................... 115

600 - Read Only Data Directory....................................................................................................................... 116601 - Raw Non-resettable Totals ............................................................................................................... 116602 - Gross Non-resettable Totals ............................................................................................................. 116603 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Non-resettable Totals .................................................................... 116604 - Net Non-resettable Totals................................................................................................................. 116605 - Mass Non-resettable Totals .............................................................................................................. 116606 - Load Average Temperature .............................................................................................................. 116607 - Load Average Pressure .................................................................................................................... 117608 - Load Average Density ...................................................................................................................... 117640 - Protection of Program Codes 680-689..............................................................................................117

700 - Communications Directory...................................................................................................................... 117701, 702, 703 - HM Classification .............................................................................................................. 117740 - Protection of Program Codes 780-789..............................................................................................117

800 - Inputs and Outputs Directory .................................................................................................................. 118840 - Protection of Program Codes 880-889..............................................................................................118

900 - Diagnostics Directory .............................................................................................................................118940 - Protection of Program Codes 980-989..............................................................................................118

Section 4 - Recipe Directory .......................................................................................................................... 119__01 - Blend Recipe .................................................................................................................................. 119__02 - Blend Recipe Name........................................................................................................................ 119__03, __04, __05, __06, __07, __08, __09 - Additive Injector On/Off ........................................................ 119__10 - Recipe Raw Non-resettable Total ................................................................................................... 120__11 - Recipe Gross Non-resettable Total ................................................................................................. 120__12 - Recipe GST Non-resettable Total ................................................................................................... 120__13 - Recipe Net Non-resettable Total ..................................................................................................... 120__14 - Recipe Mass Non-resettable Total .................................................................................................. 120__15 - HM Classification For The Recipe................................................................................................... 120

Page 8: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

viii

__16 - Minimum Preset .............................................................................................................................121__40 - Protection of Program Codes __80 - __89 ...................................................................................... 121__41 - Blend Preset Display ...................................................................................................................... 121__42 - Blend Delivery Display .................................................................................................................... 121__43, __45, __47, __49, __51 - Component Selection............................................................................... 121__44, __46, __48, __50, __52 - Component Percentage ........................................................................... 122__53, __54, __55, __56, __57, __58, __59 - Additive Injector Volume ....................................................... 122__80, __81, __82, __83, __84, __85, __86 - Additive Injector Pulsers ....................................................... 122

Section 5 - Appendix........................................................................................................... ........................... 124Section 6 - Index .............................................................................................................. .............................. 150Section 7 - Related Publications ............................................................................................... .................... 151

Page 9: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 1 - Introduction

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 1

Product Description

The Smith AccuLoad II Sequential Blender is a fourcomponent microprocessor-based electronicpreset/blending delivery system designed toSequentially control the loading of up to four petroleumor chemical products through each of two separateload arms simultaneously.

The AccuLoad II is designed to provide dependableservice over a wide range of operating conditions. It iseasy to operate and maintain, provides optimummeasurement accuracy, displays current operatingconditions, is easy to communicate with, and performsmany loading system control functions.

Ease of operation and service permits rapid training ofoperators and service personnel. All entries intoAccuLoad II are made quickly and easily through therugged external keypad. Every keystroke is monitoredand assistance is provided by auto prompting displays.Built in "Help Messages" provide valuable informationto aid in the programming of the instrument withoutresorting to a thick manual. Service is simplified withself-diagnostics that show parameters in need ofadjustment or hardware that is malfunctioning.

Optimum measurement accuracy is attained throughthe continuous linearization of the meter factor withchanges in flow rates. The AccuLoad II is alsocapable of maintaining back pressure on themeasurement system using either automatic flowoptimization or a pressure transmitter. Volumetriccorrection is calculated directly from published APIequations providing precise volumetric measurementresults. Precise temperature, pressure compensation,and density correction are options that are available inthe instrument.

The dynamic real time display of the current actualoperating conditions of the system provide theoperator with valuable system information while thesystem is operating. Also available through thedynamic display are the non-resettable totals for eachposition. The information that is available through thedynamic display is as follows:

• Current Time and Date• Current Flow Rate (units/min.)• Current Flow Rate (units/hour)• Current Temperature• Current API• Reference Density• Relative Density at Reference

• Current Pressure and Vapor Pressure• Current Meter Factor• Current CTL• Current CPL• Current Density• Current Raw Transaction Totals• Current Gross Transaction Totals• Current Gross at Standard Temperature Transaction

Totals• Current Net Transaction Totals• Current Mass Transaction Totals• Additive Injector 1 Transaction Totals• Additive Injector 2 Transaction Totals• Additive Injector 3 Transaction Totals• Additive Injector 4 Transaction Totals• Additive Injector 5 Transaction Totals• Additive Injector 6 Transaction Totals• Additive Injector 7 Transaction Totals• Current Valve Status & Commanded Position• Load Average Temperature• Load Average Pressure• Load Average Density• Raw Non-resettable Totals• Gross Non-resettable Totals• Gross at Standard Temperature Non-resettable

Totals• Net Non-resettable Totals• Mass Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 1 Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 2 Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 3 Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 4 Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 5 Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 6 Non-resettable Totals• Additive Injector 7 Non-resettable Totals• Input Module Status• Last Power Failure - Time and Date• Additive Injector #1 Rate*• Additive Injector #2 Rate*• Additive Injector #3 Rate*• Additive Injector #4 Rate*• Additive Injector #5 Rate*• Additive Injector #6 Rate*• Additive Injector #7 Rate*

Significant communication capability is available fromthe standard AccuLoad II. The instrument isprogrammable for Polling, Polling and Authorization orcomplete Remote Control via communications. TheEIA-232 communication port can be used to multi-dropup to 32 meter positions to an ASCII printer for printingload tickets or it can be used to network up to 32meter positions to an automation system. Alsoavailable is an additional communication port that isEIA-485 interfacable. When used with a smart printer;

Page 10: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 1 - Introduction

2 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

one that will signal when it is out of paper, cover isopen etc. the AccuLoad II can alarm and display thereason for the printer not working. The "speak whenspoken to" protocol of AccuLoad II is modeled afterthe ISO Standard 1155. This allows quick access byan automation computer for operational andtransactional information. The AccuLoad II also has abuilt-in communication analyzer to aid in thedevelopment and troubleshooting of communications.

The AccuLoad II-SQR has the capability ofcommunicating directly with the new additive injectorsystems from Gate City (Blend Pak and Mini-Pak) andTitan Industries (PAC-3). Using either the EIA-232 orEIA-485 communications ports the AccuLoad II willcommunicate with the Additive Injector Systemthroughout the batch or transaction, requesting thestatus of the injector and the volume of additive thathas been injected. Also developed with the additivecommunications is a pass through mode ofcommunication that will allow the supervisorycomputer to talk directly to the additive system throughthe AccuLoad. For additional information on theAccuLoad II communications, see theCommunications Manual (Bulletin MN06104L).

The AccuLoad II Sequential Blender provides severalloading system control functions: Additive Injection,Pump Control, Alarm Control, Set Stop, ValveControl, Back Valve Control, Back Pressure Control,Automatic Adjustment of Final Trip Point.

• Up to seven different additive injectors can besimultaneously paced per preset position.

• The AccuLoad II will monitor and totalize the volumeof additive injected by up to seven of the additiveinjectors if the Additive Monitoring option ispurchased either manually or throughcommunications.

• The AccuLoad II, if so programmed, willautomatically calculate and adjust the additive pulseoutput to be stopped at the first trip point of theproduct with the same number of pulses as if theadditive output were stopped at the end of thebatch.

• A contact is available to start and stop a pump orother electrically operated equipment as well as aprogram code that will set the time delay of that startor stop.

• A programmable Alarm Contact is available. It canbe closed on a Valve Fault, on any alarm or not atall depending on how it is programmed.

• The AccuLoad II contains the intelligence to controla Smith Model 210 or 215 Digital Control Valvewhich will provide low flow start and multi-stageshut-down.

• Up to four product block valves can be controlled(opened and closed) and Sequenced by theAccuLoad II Sequential Blender. The unit willmonitor these block valves to ensure that theyrespond to signals sent to them. If for some reasonthey do not respond, the AccuLoad II will alarm andshut the system down.

• AccuLoad II contains the intelligence toautomatically reduce the flow of product and ensurethe flow is within the pumping capabilities of thesystem.

• AccuLoad II, if so programmed, will automaticallyadjust the final trip point of the batch (Preset).

Critical functions such as: minimum flow rate, excessflow rate, temperature detection, preset volumeoverrun and memory retention, are monitored byinternal circuits. Any failure will signal closure of thevalve. Should the valve fail to close within 10 secondsafter having been signaled, a contact is closed. Thiscan be wired through external relays to shut off thepump and/or kill power circuits.

The AccuLoad II-SQR provides an automated provingmode when activated in the AccuLoad will calculatethe meter factor for a proving run based on theinformation that is obtained during the prove. Theoperator can select the flow rate and meter factor thatis being proved through the keypad of the AccuLoad.After the prove is complete the operator enters theprover volume and prover temperature and theAccuLoad will calculate the new meter factor and theoperator has a choice of downloading it to the programor to ignore it. The AccuLoad also has the capability ofproviding an average meter factor over a maximum ofsix proves. This feature allows the operator to provethe meter on all four products, and four meter factorsand associated flow rates for each product withouthaving to enter the program mode.

Environmental fluctuations within specified limits havevirtually no effect on the operation of this controlsystem. AccuLoad II is available in an explosion-proof

Page 11: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 1 - Introduction

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 3

housing for hazardous locations. (See BulletinSS06014 for specifications.)

How To Use This Manual

This manual is to be used as a guide for AccuLoad II -SQR firmware.

This manual is divided into seven sections:Introduction, System Directory, Product Directory,Recipe Directory, Appendices, Index and RelatedPublications.

"System Directory" describes the codes that areassociated with the System Operation and can beviewed/changed in the Systems Directory.

"Product Directory" describes the codes that areassociated with the individual products and that can beviewed/changed in the Product Directories.

"Recipe Directory" describes the codes that areassociated with the individual recipes and that can beviewed/changed in the Recipe Directories.

The "Index" is provided to aid the user to easily locatethe topic or program code that he is looking for.

"Related Publications" is provided as a reference toadditional literature that is available for the AccuLoadII - SQR as well as associated products.

The examples presented in this manual are for clarityand your convenience. The values might vary for yourparticular installation and/or operation.

Before Beginning Operations

Before actual operations begin, it is essential that validentries are made for all program codes. To assist inprogramming the AccuLoad II, a ProgrammingWorkbook (Bulletin AB06044) is available for recordingthe values entered in the program for each presetposition. Access to the program codes is limited toauthorized personnel by use of a security code andtwo contact closures. The first contact closure willallow the operator to view all program codes andchange the program codes that have a second digit ofzero through three. The second contact closure isrequired to change the program codes that have asecond digit of four through seven. This additionalsecurity is for Weights & Measures purposes. Aprogram code with the second digit of eight will beprogrammable in either the Program or Weights andMeasures protection mode. Any program code with asecond digit of nine has a special high securityprotection. This requires the second contact closureand an external jumper must be attached to test points9 and 10 on the computer board.

The AccuLoad II contains two side by side one line by24 character, 5X7 dot matrix vacuum fluorescentdisplays. When powered on, both displays willilluminate. The left-hand display (preset position 1) willshow if the status of the internal memories (Ram,Data, ROM's) are good or bad. Then it will show thatthe instrument is being initialized. The right-handdisplay (preset position 2) will display the message"PLEASE STANDBY". After the testing is completeand the instrument is initialized, both displays (presetposition 1 and preset position 2) will read as followsbefore the Ready Mode message is programmed inthe instrument:

Ready 1:10:31

Be sure that the AccuLoad II is functioning properlyand that the operator has read and understands theinstructions contained in this manual.

Page 12: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

4 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

000 - Configuration Directory

All the codes in the Configuration Directory requirethat test points TP9 and TP10 on the computer boardbe jumpered as well as the program contact enabledand Weights and Measures contact enabled forprogramming.

001 - Number of Pr oducts

This one digit entry is used to configure the number ofproducts that will be loaded through this meterposition.

1 - One Product2 - Two Products3 - Three Products4 - Four Products

001 4 Product Delivery

Help Message

Select the amount of products to be delivered by thismeter position.

Warning

Critical: Products must be selected in theconfiguration if they are to be enabled.

Critical: Not enough block valves assigned for thenumber of products used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

002 - Number of A dditive Injectors

This one digit entry selects the number of additiveinjectors that will be controlled for this meter position.

0 - No Additive Injectors1 - One Additive Injector2 - Two Additive Injectors3 - Three Additive Injectors4 - Four Additive Injectors5 - Five Additive Injectors6 - Six Additive Injectors7 - Seven Additive Injectors

002 2 Additive Injectors

Help Message

Select the number of additive injectors to beconfigured for this meter position.

Warning

Critical: Product and additive amounts configuredcannot exceed 7.

Note: This critical does not apply to Smart Additive Injectors. Thisentry should match the number of additives programmed when smartadditives are used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

003, 004, 005, 006 - A/C Output Relay Ass ignments

These two digit entries are used to configure the A/Coutput relays in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment01 - Alarm Relay02 - Additive #1 Relay03 - Additive #2 Relay04 - Additive #3 Relay05 - Additive #4 Relay06 - Additive #5 Relay07 - Additive #6 Relay08 - Additive #7 Relay09 - Block Valve #1 Relay10 - Block Valve #2 Relay11 - Block Valve #3 Relay12 - Block Valve #4 Relay13 - General Relay14 - First Trip Indicator

Note: When using a Smart Additive Injector System and eitherprogram code 702 or 705 are programmed "5 Smart Additives",options 02 through 08 (Additive Relays) are not available for selection.

003 09 A/C 1 OUT = BVR 1

Help Message

Select the assignment for this A/C output relay.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Page 13: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 5

Critical: This option is not available if a Smart AdditiveSubsystem is being used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

007 - A/C Output Relay Ass ignments

These two digit entries are used to configure the A/Coutput relays in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment01 - Alarm Relay02 - Additive #1 Relay03 - Additive #2 Relay04 - Additive #3 Relay05 - Additive #4 Relay06 - Additive #5 Relay07 - Additive #6 Relay08 - Additive #7 Relay09 - Block Valve #1 Relay10 - Block Valve #2 Relay11 - Block Valve #3 Relay12 - Block Valve #4 Relay

Note: When using a Smart Additive Injector System and eitherprogram code 702 or 705 are programmed "5 SmartAdditives", options 02 through 08 (Additive Relays) are notavailable for selection.

007 09 A/C 1 OUT = BVR 1

Help Message

Select the assignment for this A/C output relay.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Critical: This option is not available if a Smart AdditiveSubsystem is being used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

008, 009 - D/C Output Relay Ass ignments

These two digit entries are used to configure the D/Coutput relays in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment01 - Pulse Output02 - Additive #1 Relay03 - Additive #2 Relay04 - Additive #3 Relay05 - Additive #4 Relay06 - Additive #5 Relay07 - Additive #6 Relay08 - Additive #7 Relay09 - Block Valve #1 Relay10 - Block Valve #2 Relay11 - Block Valve #3 Relay12 - Block Valve #4 Relay

Note: When using a Smart Additive Injector System and eitherprogram code 702 or 705 are programmed "5 SmartAdditives", options 02 through 08 (Additive Relays) are notavailable for selection.

008 01 D/C 1 OUT = POT 1

Help Message

Select the assignment for this D/C output relay.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Critical: This option is not available if a Smart AdditiveSubsystem is being used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: Code 009 is only available for use as an output if the QuadOPV option has been purchased with the AccuLoad II.

010, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015 - A/C InputAssignments

These two digit codes are used to configure the A/Cinput assignments in the AccuLoad II.

00 - No Assignment01 - Additive #1 Feedback02 - Additive #2 Feedback03 - Additive #3 Feedback04 - Additive #4 Feedback05 - Additive #5 Feedback06 - Additive #6 Feedback07 - Additive #7 Feedback08 - Block Valve #1 Feedback

Page 14: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

6 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

09 - Block Valve #2 Feedback10 - Block Valve #3 Feedback11 - Block Valve #4 Feedback12 - First/Second High Flow13 - Printer Tray Switch14 - Permissive #1 Contact15 - Permissive #2 Contact16 - Valve Power17 - Valve Stem Switch

Note: 1. Remote ’START’ requires AC input 4 (code 013) to beprogrammed "14" (Permissive 1 Contact).

2. Remote ’STOP’ requires AC input 5 (code 14) to beprogrammed "15" (Permissive 2 Contact).

3. When using a Smart Additive Injector System and eitherprogram code 702 or 705 are programmed "5 SmartAdditives", options 02 through 08 (Additive Feedbacks)are not available for selection.

010 17 A/C 1 in = V1Stm

Help Message

Select the assignment for this A/C input relay.

Warning

Critical: Duplicate configuration assignments are notallowed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

040 - Print Conf iguration

This program code will display the currentconfiguration of the inputs and outputs of AccuLoad II. To print a configuration report, press the ’ENTER’button while viewing this code. A configuration reportwill be printed if a printer is tied to the communicationport of the AccuLoad II. An example of theconfiguration report is shown on page 5. If a printer isnot available to print a configuration report the currentconfiguration can be read from the display.

040 239A1-BC-CHDEFG=CFig

Where:

239A1 = A/C Relay Outputs that have beenconfigured for this meter position

2 - Additive #1 3 - Additive #2 9 - Block Valve #1 A - Block Valve #2 1 - Alarm

BC = D/C Relay Outputs that have beenconfigured for this meter position

B - Block Valve #3 C - Block Valve #4

CHDEFG = A/C Inputs that have been configured forthis meter position

C - First/Second High Flow Switch H - Valve Stem Switch D - Printer Tray Switch E - Permissive #1 Contact F - Permissive #2 Contact G - Valve Power

The first five digits of the configuration represent theconfiguration assignments mode in codes 003 through007 (AC Outputs) and the designations are as follows:

0 - No Assignment1 - Alarm Relay2 - Additive #1 Relay3 - Additive #2 Relay4 - Additive #3 Relay5 - Additive #4 Relay6 - Additive #5 Relay7 - Additive #6 Relay8 - Additive #7 Relay9 - Block Valve #1 RelayA - Block Valve #2 RelayB - Block Valve #3 RelayC - Block Valve #4 RelayD - General Relay

The next two digits represent the configurationassignments made in codes 008 and 009 (DCOutputs) and the designations are:

0 - No Assignment1 - Pulse Output2 - Additive #1 Relay3 - Additive #2 Relay4 - Additive #3 Relay5 - Additive #4 Relay6 - Additive #5 Relay7 - Additive #6 Relay

Page 15: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 7

8 - Additive #7 Relay9 - Block Valve #1 RelayA - Block Valve #2 RelayB - Block Valve #3 RelayC - Block Valve #4 Relay

The last six digits represent the configurationassignments made in codes 010 through 015 (A/CInputs) and the designations are:

0 - No Assignment1 - Additive #1 Feedback2 - Additive #2 Feedback3 - Additive #3 Feedback4 - Additive #4 Feedback5 - Additive #5 Feedback6 - Additive #6 Feedback7 - Additive #7 Feedback

8 - Block Valve #1 Feedback9 - Block Valve #2 FeedbackA - Block Valve #3 FeedbackB - Block Valve #4 FeedbackC - First/Second High FlowD - Printer Tray SwitchE - Permissive Contact #1F - Permissive Contact #2G -Valve PowerH - Valve Stem Switch

Help Message

The input and output configuration code. Press’ENTER’ to print a report.

Fatal Message

Fatal: Communication line is busy.

Page 16: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

8 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

ACCULOAD II Blender Configuration Report. 3:52:10 PM 9-01-90

Meter Side 1 : 4 Product Delivery

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------I/O Device : Terminal Locations : Programmed Functions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A/C Relay 1 : Terminals 89 and 90 : Additive Relay 1A/C Relay 2 : Terminals 91 and 92 : Additive Relay 2A/C Relay 3 : Terminals 93 and 94 : Block Valve Relay 1A/C Relay 4 : Terminals 95 and 96 : Block Valve Relay 2A/C Relay 5 : Terminals 87 and 88 : Alarm Relay 1

D/C Output 1 : Terminals 9 and 10 : Block Valve Relay 3

A/C Input 1 : Terminals 98 and 101 : First/Second High FlowA/C Input 2 : Terminals 99 and 101 : Valve Stem SwitchA/C Input 3 : Terminals 100 and 101 : Printer Tray SwitchA/C Input 4 : Terminals 103 and 105 : Permissive 1 ContactA/C Input 5 : Terminals 104 and 105 : Permissive 2 ContactA/C Input 6 : Terminals 73 and 74 : Valve Power

Meter Side 2 : 4 Product Delivery

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------I/O Device : Terminal Locations : Programmed Functions

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A/C Relay 1 : Terminals 124 and 125 : Additive Relay 1A/C Relay 2 : Terminals 126 and 127 : Additive Relay 2A/C Relay 3 : Terminals 128 and 129 : Block Valve Relay 1A/C Relay 4 : Terminals 130 and 131 : Block Valve Relay 2A/C Relay 5 : Terminals 121 and 122 : Alarm Relay 1

D/C Output 1 : Terminals 57 and 58 : Block Valve Relay 3

A/C Input 1 : Terminals 106 and 109 : First/Second High FlowA/C Input 2 : Terminals 107 and 109 : Valve Stem SwitchA/C Input 3 : Terminals 108 and 109 : Printer Tray SwitchA/C Input 4 : Terminals 110 and 112 : Permissive 1 ContactA/C Input 5 : Terminals 111 and 112 : Permissive 2 ContactA/C Input 6 : Terminals 75 and 76 : Valve Power

Page 17: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 9

041 - Additive System and Pacing

This one digit code is used to select the type ofadditive subsystem that is being controlled (piston typeor smart additive system) and how it is to becontrolled.

The piston type is controlled through the additiverelays, and the smart additive subsystems are eithercontrolled by feeding it a pulse stream and it controlsthe rate or through communications where theAccuLoad communicates to the additive system tellingit when to inject.

Option 0 should be selected when used with pistontype additive systems and additive feedback as beingused to totalize the additive products in the AccuLoadII.

Options 1, 3 and 5 are used when a pulse stream fromthe AccuLoad II will be input to the additive injectorand the additive injector will determine when theinjections are to take place.

Options 2, 4 and 6 are used when the AccuLoad II willcontrol the Additive Subsystem throughcommunications.

When using option 1 through 6 the AccuLoad II willalso monitor the additive injector subsystems foralarms and will pull the totals from the systemsthrough communications.

Caution

Changing the type of additive system a nd/ormethod of additive pacing will cause the additivenon- resettable totals to be zeroed.

0 - Piston Injectors1 - Titan Smart Injector with Pulses2 - Titan Smart Injector with Communications3 - Gate City Smart Injector with Pulses4 - Gate City Smart Injector with Communications5 - Gate City Mini-Pak with Pulses6 - Gate City Mini-Pak with Communications

046 1 Titan w/Pulses

If the Additive Monitoring option is not installed in theAccuLoad II, the message:

Feedback Not Inst

will be displayed and no entry will be permitted.

Help Message

Enter a (0) for piston injections, a (1) for Titan withPulses, a (2) for Titan with Comm, a (3) for Gate Citywith Pulses, a (4) for Gate City with Comm, a (5) forGate City Mini-Pak with Pulses, or a (6) for Gate CityMini-Pak with Comm.

Warning

Critical: Additive relays and feedbacks alreadyconfigured and must be removed when using SmartAdditives.

Critical: Smart additives communication control mustbe selected on one of the comm ports.

Critical: Pressing ‘ENTER’ will cause all additive non-resettable totals to be zeroed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other delivery position must be in theReady or Program Mode.

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

090 - Input/Output Configuration

This one digit code provides the operator with themeans to automatically set up the input and outputconfiguration for this meter position simply by enteringthe number of products that will be loaded for thismeter position. This code will be under High Security.(See Operator Guide MN06101 for details). See tablebelow for default configuration of the inputs andoutputs.

1 - One Product2 - Two Products3 - Three Products4 - Four Products

Display will read:

090 Program Configure

Page 18: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

10 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Enter number of products being loaded.

090 Program Configure 2

Press ’ENTER’.

090 ** STORING DATA **

Display will revert to:

090 Program Configure

when the configuration is complete.

Help Message

Enter the # of products to be configured. PressingENTER will program the AccuLoad II to a typical I/Oconfiguration.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

DEFAULT CONFIGURATION

Input/OutputAssociated

Code1 Product 2 Products 3 Products 4 Products

A/C Output 1 003 Additive 1 Block Valve 1 Block Valve 1 Block Valve 1

A/C Output 2 004 Additive 2 Additive 1 Block Valve 2 Block Valve 2

A/C Output 3 005 Additive 3 Additive 2 Additive 1 Block Valve 3

A/C Output 4 006 Additive 4 Additive 3 Additive 2 Additive 1

A/C Output 5 007 Alarm Block Valve 2 Block Valve 3 Block Valve 4

D/C Output 1 008 Pulse 1 Additive 4 Additive 3 Additive 2

D/C Output 2* 009 Pulse 2 Pulse Additive 4 Additive 3

A/C Input 1 010 First/SecondHigh Flow

First/SecondHigh Flow

Block Valve 1Feedback

Block Valve 1Feedback

A/C Input 2 011 Valve Stem Valve Stem Valve Stem Valve Stem

A/C Input 3 012 Printer Tray Permissive 1 Permissive 1 Block Valve 2Feedback

A/C Input 4 013 Permissive 1 Block Valve 1Feedback

Block Valve 2Feedback

Block Valve 3Feedback

A/C Input 5 014 Permissive 2 Block Valve 2Feedback

Block Valve 3Feedback

Block Valve 4Feedback

A/C Input 6 015 Valve Power Permissive 2 Permissive 2 Permissive 1

*Note: DC Output #2 requires that the Quad OPV option be installed in the AccuLoad II.

Page 19: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 11

100 - General Purpose Directory

101 - Alarm Check and Reset

This program code is used to check the alarm(s)related to the system that have been triggered and toclear the alarm (after the fault has been corrected) toallow continued operation.

The following faults will cause the AccuLoad II toalarm and signal the valve(s) to close:

Code : Fault

AC: Additive Communications - Indicates a failureon the master/slave communications line between theAccuLoad II and the Additive Injector Subsystem.

101 AC: Add Com Alarm

A2: Printer Cover Open - Indicates that the printercover is open on the printer that is wired to theEIA-232 port.

101 A2: Print Cover Open

A4: Printer Cover Open - Indicates that the printercover is open on the printer that is wired to theEIA-485 port.

101 A4: Print Cover Open

B2: Buffer Overf low - Indicates that the buffer is fullon the printer that is wired to the EIA-232 port.

101 B2: Buffer Overflow

B4: Buffer Overf low - Indicates that the buffer is fullon the printer that is wired to the EIA-485 port.

101 B4: Buffer Overflow

CL: Clean Line - Indicates that the clean line volumewas under delivered by the programmed amount.

101 CL: Clean Line

CM: Communications - Indicates a failure on one ofthe communication channels.

101 CM: Communications

DA: Diagnostic - The AccuLoad II contains twelvetypes of diagnostic alarms. These alarms are asfollows:

ROM Error - When displayed, this indicates a ROMerror.

101 DA: ROM UXX Bad

XX = Identifier of ROM that failed.

RAM Error - When displayed, this indicates a RAMfailure.

101 DA: RAM XXXX Bad

XXXX = The address of the first failed location

Programm ing Error - Will alarm when an invalid entryis made in the Programming Mode.

101 DA: Program Error XXX

XXX = program code with incorrect entry

Data Retention Error - When displayed, this indicatesthat RAM data retention may be faulty. This test isperformed only on power-up.

101 DA: Data Retention

EEPROM Error - When displayed, this indicates thatthe EEPROM failed.

101 DA: EEPROM XXXX Bad

XXXX = The address of the failed location.

Page 20: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

12 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Watchdog Al arm - Indicates an internal check featurehas detected a possible operational problem in themicroprocessor that may have affected informationstored in memory. A complete review of all programcodes stored in memory must be made to confirm theircorrectness.

101 DA: Watchdog Alarm

Display Error - Indicates an error in data transmissionto the display.

101 DA: Display Error

Display Boot Required - Indicates a failure indownloading the display firmware.

101 DA: Display Boot Req

Control Module - Indicates a communication failurewith the AccuLoad II control module (ACM).

101 DA: Control Module

Security Code Violation - Indicates the softwaresecurity code does not match the ACM security code.

101 DA: Security Code

Software Vers ion Mi smatch - Indicates that theAccuLoad II firmware version does not match the ACMversion.

101 DA: Software Version

Program Code - Indicates that an invalid entry wasmade in the program code.

101 DA: Program Error XXX

Internal Temperature Alarm - Indicates that thetemperature inside the AccuLoad II housing hasexceeded the limit for reliable operation.

101 DA: Internal Temp

DP: Down Pulse Error - Indicates consecutive downpulses greater than or equal to the dual pulsecomparator error count.

101 DP: Down Pulse Error

DR: Density Transducer - Indicates a failure or anout-of-range condition.

101 DR: Density Trans

D2: Printer Not Selected - Indicates that the printer isnot selected for the EIA-232 port.

101 D2: Print Deselected

D4: Printer Not Selected - Indicates that the printer isnot selected for the EIA-485 port.

101 D4: Print Deselected

E2: Printer Error - Indicates there is a printer error onthe printer that is wired to the EIA-232 port.

101 E2: Printer Error

E4: Printer Error - Indicates there is a printer error onthe printer that is wired to the EIA-485 port.

101 E4: Printer Error

F1: Injector 1 - Indicates that the additive #1 feedbackhas exceeded the programmed number of errors.

101 F1: Add 1 Feedback

Page 21: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 13

F2: Injector 2 - Indicates that the additive #2 feedbackhas exceeded the programmed number of errors.

101 F2: Add 2 Feedback

F3: Injector 3 - Indicates that the additive #3 feedbackhas exceeded the programmed number of errors.

101 F3: Add 3 Feedback

F4: Injector 4 - Indicates that the additive #4 feedbackhas exceeded the programmed number of errors.

101 F4: Add 4 Feedback

H2: Printer Hardware - Indicates that there is aprinter hardware failure on the printer that is wired tothe EIA-232 port.

101 H2: Printer Hardware

H4: Printer Hardware - Indicates that there is aprinter hardware failure on the printer that is wired tothe EIA-485 port.

101 H4: Printer Hardware

IA: Injector Alarm Pe nding - Indicates that there isan Additive Injector Subsystem Alarm.

101 IA: Inj Alrm Pending

I2: Printer Not Responding - Indicates that theprinter wired to the EIA-232 port is not responding.

101 I2: Print Not Respon

I4: Printer Not Responding - Indicates that theprinter wired to the EIA-485 port is not responding.

101 I4: Print Not Respon

K1: Low Additive 1 - Indicates that not enoughadditive was injected during one cycle or an averageof several cycles for additive 1.

101 K1: Low Additive 1

K2: Low Additive 2 - Indicates that not enoughadditive was injected during one cycle or an averageof several cycles for additive 2.

101 K2: Low Additive 2

K3: Low Additive 3 - Indicates that not enoughadditive was injected during one cycle or an averageof several cycles for additive 3.

101 K3: Low Additive 3

K4: Low Additive 4 - Indicates that not enoughadditive was injected during one cycle or an averageof several cycles for additive 4.

101 K4: Low Additive 4

K5: Low Additive 5 - Indicates that not enoughadditive was injected during one cycle or an averageof several cycles for additive 5.

101 K5: Low Additive 5

K6: Low Additive 6 - Indicates that not enoughadditive was injected during one cycle or an averageof several cycles for additive 6.

101 K6: Low Additive 6

K7: Low Additive 7 - Indicates that not enoughadditive was injected during one cycle or an averageof several cycles for additive 7.

101 K7: Low Additive 7

Page 22: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

14 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

L1: Additive 1 Pulse - The additive system is notreceiving meter pulses after an authorizationcommand.

L1: Add 1 Pulse

L2: Additive 2 Pulse - The additive system is notreceiving meter pulses after an authorizationcommand.

L2: Add 2 Pulse

L3: Additive 3 Pulse - The additive system is notreceiving meter pulses after an authorizationcommand.

L3: Add 3 Pulse

L4: Additive 4 Pulse - The additive system is notreceiving meter pulses after an authorizationcommand.

L4: Add 4 Pulse

L5: Additive 5 Pulse - The additive system is notreceiving meter pulses after an authorizationcommand.

L5: Add 5 Pulse

L6: Additive 6 Pulse - The additive system is notreceiving meter pulses after an authorizationcommand.

L6: Add 6 Pulse

L7: Additive 7 Pulse - The additive system is notreceiving meter pulses after an authorizationcommand.

L7: Add 7 Pulse

M1: Too Many Pul ses A dditive 1 - Indicates toomany additive flow meter pulses were detected.

M1: Ex Pulses Add 1

M2: Too Many Pul ses A dditive 2 - Indicates toomany additive flow meter pulses were detected.

M2: Ex Pulses Add 2

M3: Too Many Pul ses A dditive 3 - Indicates toomany additive flow meter pulses were detected.

M3: Ex Pulses Add 3

M4: Too Many Pul ses A dditive 4 - Indicates toomany additive flow meter pulses were detected.

M4: Ex Pulses Add 4

M5: Too Many Pul ses A dditive 5 - Indicates toomany additive flow meter pulses were detected.

M5: Ex Pulses Add 5

M6: Too Many Pul ses A dditive 6 - Indicates toomany additive flow meter pulses were detected.

M6: Ex Pulses Add 6

M7: Too Many Pul ses A dditive 7 - Indicates toomany additive flow meter pulses were detected.

M7: Ex Pulses Add 7

N1: No Pulses Detected A dditive 1 - Indicates theadditive flow meter's pulses were not detected.

N1: No Pulses Add 1

Page 23: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 15

N2: No Pulses Detected A dditive 2 - Indicates theadditive flow meter's pulses were not detected.

N2: No Pulses Add 2

N3: No Pulses Detected A dditive 3 - Indicates theadditive flow meter's pulses were not detected.

N3: No Pulses Add 3

N4: No Pulses Detected A dditive 4 - Indicates theadditive flow meter's pulses were not detected.

N4: No Pulses Add 4

N5: No Pulses Detected A dditive 5 - Indicates theadditive flow meter's pulses were not detected.

N5: No Pulses Add 5

N6: No Pulses Detected A dditive 6 - Indicates theadditive flow meter's pulses were not detected.

N6: No Pulses Add 6

N7: No Pulses Detected A dditive 7 - Indicates theadditive flow meter's pulses were not detected.

N7: No Pulses Add 7

OA: Overrun - Indicates that the volume deliveredexceeded the preset amount by at least the number ofunits programmed in the overrun alarm code.

101 OA: Overrun Alarm

O2: Printer Out of Paper - Indicates that the printerwired to the EIA-232 port is out of paper.

101 O2: Print Paper Out

O4: Printer Out of Paper - Indicates that the printerwired to the EIA-485 port is out of paper.

101 O4: Print Paper Out

PA: Power Fail - Indicates that either a power failurehas occurred or that a hardware reset has taken place.

101 PA: Power-fail Alarm

PC: Pulse Collision - Indicates a collision on theincoming pulse stream. (The signals on A and A bar orB and B bar are the same.)

101 PC: Pulse Collision

PR: Pressure Transducer - Indicates a pressuretransducer failure or an out-of-range (less than 3 mAor greater than 20 mA) condition.

101 PR: Pressure Trans

PS: Pulse Security - Indicates an out of Sequenceerror in the A - B pulse stream.

101 PS: Pulse Security

PT: Pulse Transmission Al arm (used with theoptional valve position indicator switch) - Alarmswhen meter pulses are not being received and thevalve is open. If meter pulses are being received andthe valve is closed for more than what is programmedin the PT/VF time delay program code, this will resultin an immediate valve fault alarm (no 10 seconddelay).

101 PT: Pulse Transmit

P2: Printer Communications - Indicates that there isa problem with the communications between theEIA-232 port and the printer.

101 P2: Print Comm

Page 24: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

16 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

P4: Printer Communications - Indicates that there isa problem with the communications between theEIA-485 port and the printer.

101 P4: Print Comm

R1: Additive 1 Frequency - The additive volume istoo high for the rate selected; a second dose ofadditive is being requested before delivery of the firstdose completes.

R1: Add 1 Frequency

R2: Additive 2 Frequency - The additive volume istoo high for the rate selected; a second dose ofadditive is being requested before delivery of the firstdose completes.

R2: Add 2 Frequency

R3: Additive 3 Frequency - The additive volume istoo high for the rate selected; a second dose ofadditive is being requested before delivery of the firstdose completes.

R3: Add 3 Frequency

R4: Additive 4 Frequency - The additive volume istoo high for the rate selected; a second dose ofadditive is being requested before delivery of the firstdose completes.

R4: Add 4 Frequency

R5: Additive 5 Frequency - The additive volume istoo high for the rate selected; a second dose ofadditive is being requested before delivery of the firstdose completes.

R5: Add 5 Frequency

R6: Additive 6 Frequency - The additive volume istoo high for the rate selected; a second dose ofadditive is being requested before delivery of the firstdose completes.

R6: Add 6 Frequency

R7: Additive 7 Frequency - The additive volume istoo high for the rate selected; a second dose ofadditive is being requested before delivery of the firstdose completes.

R7: Add 7 Frequency

SF: Storage Full Al arm - Indicates that the localstorage area is full. The operator must exit StandbyMode and/or clear stored standby transactions tocontinue.

101 SF: Storage Full

SP: Shared Printer - Indicates an output wasattempted to the shared printer, but was unsuccessfulbecause the shared printer remained busy longer thanthe programmed shared printer out alarm timer.

101 SP: Shared Printer

TK: Ticket Alarm - Indicates that a removal of theticket from the local ticket printer was tried during abatch loading. When the alarm is received, press“Print" to clear the transaction.

101 TK: Ticket Alarm

TP: Temperature Probe - Indicates a short or opencondition in the temperature probe circuit (main lineprobe).

101 TP: Temperature Probe

Page 25: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 17

TT: Temperature Transducer - Indicates atemperature transducer failure or an out-of-rangecondition. (Monitored when the 4-20 channel isselected as a temperature input).

101 TT: Temperature Trans

U1: Unauthorize Command Failed For Additive 1* - The unauthorize command failed at the end of thebatch for additive 1. Authorization may have to beremoved manually (by power cycling the additivesubsystem) to prevent unwanted additive insubsequent batches/transactions.

101 U1: Unauth Failed 1

U2: Unauthorize Command Failed For Additive 2 - The unauthorize command failed at the end of thebatch for additive 2. Authorization may have to beremoved manually (by power cycling the additivesubsystem) to prevent unwanted additive insubsequent batches/transactions.

101 U2: Unauth Failed 2

U3: Unauthorize Command Failed For Additive 3 - The unauthorize command failed at the end of thebatch for additive 3. Authorization may have to beremoved manually (by power cycling the additivesubsystem) to prevent unwanted additive insubsequent batches/transactions.

101 U3: Unauth Failed 3

U4: Unauthorize Command Failed For Additive 4 - The unauthorize command failed at the end of thebatch for additive 4. Authorization may have to beremoved manually (by power cycling the additivesubsystem) to prevent unwanted additive insubsequent batches/transactions.

101 U4: Unauth Failed 4

U5: Unauthorize Command Failed For Additive 5 - The unauthorize command failed at the end of thebatch for additive 5. Authorization may have to beremoved manually (by power cycling the additivesubsystem) to prevent unwanted additive insubsequent batches/transactions.

101 U5: Unauth Failed 5

U6: Unauthorize Command Failed For Additive 6 - The unauthorize command failed at the end of thebatch for additive 6. Authorization may have to beremoved manually (by power cycling the additivesubsystem) to prevent unwanted additive insubsequent batches/transactions.

101 U6: Unauth Failed 6

U7: Unauthorize Command Failed For Additive 7 - The unauthorize command failed at the end of thebatch for additive 7. Authorization may have to beremoved manually (by power cycling the additivesubsystem) to prevent unwanted additive insubsequent batches/transactions.

101 U7: Unauth Failed 7

VF: Valve Fault - Indicates that the valve did notclose within 10 seconds after receiving the signal toclose. This alarm will close the alarm contact signalingthe operator of the problem, if so programmed in code143.

101 VF: Valve Fault

If any alarms were present, press "Enter" to clear eachalarm that appears. The clearing must be repeateduntil "No Alarms Present" appears on the display.

Note: This action will clear the display, but if the fault is not corrected,the alarm will recur at the next operation.

101 No Alarms Present

Help Message

View the alarm status. Press enter to clear the alarm.

Page 26: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

18 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

ZF: Zero Flow - Indicates that the Zero Flow Timerhas expired and the AccuLoad has not detected anyflow in the system.

101 ZF: Zero Flow Alarm

102, 103, 104, 105 Product Al arm Check and Reset

These program codes are used to check the alarm(s)

related to the product that have been triggered and toclear the alarm (after the fault has been corrected toallow continued operation). The codes apply to theproducts as follows:

Code 102 - Product 1Code 103 - Product 2Code 104 - Product 3Code 105 - Product 4

The following faults will cause the AccuLoad II toalarm and signal the valve(s) to close. Depending onhow program code 143 is programmed, the faults mayenergize the alarm relay.

Code : Fault

BH: Blend High - Indicates that the blend tolerancehas been exceeded and the product being delivered isover the volume required for the batch or transaction.

102 BH: Blend High

BL: Blend Low - Indicates that the blend tolerancehas not been met and the product being delivered isunder the volume required for the batch or transaction.

102 BL: Blend Low

BP: Back Pressure Control - Indicates that the backpressure cannot be maintained for the minimum backpressure flow rate entry set.

102 BP: Back Pressure

BV: Block Valve Fault - Indicates that the blockvalve did not open or close as signaled by theAccuLoad II.

102 BV: Block Valve

HD: High Density - Indicates the density transducer isout of range of the high alarm setting.

102 HD: High Density

HF: Excess H igh Flow - Indicates that the flow ratehas exceeded the flow limit set in the excess high flowprogram code for more than 4 seconds.

102 HF: Excess High Flow

HP: High P ressure - Indicates that the pressuretransducer is out of range of the high pressure setting.

102 HP: High Pressure

HT: High Temp erature - Indicates that thetemperature probe or transducer is out of range of thehigh temperature setting.

102 HT: High Temperature

LD: Low Density - Indicates that the densitytransducer is out of range of the low alarm setting.

102 LD: Low Density

LF: Low Flow - Indicates that the flow rate was at orbelow the minimum flow rate established by the lowflow limit program code for longer than 8 seconds.

102 LF: Low Flow

Note: When flow is zero, the low flow condition is not monitored.

Page 27: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 19

LP: Low P ressure - Indicates that the pressuretransducer is out of range of the low alarm setting.

102 LP: Low Pressure

LT: Low Temp erature - Indicates that thetemperature probe or transducer is out of range of thelow alarm setting.

102 LT: Low Temperature

106 - Blend Alarms Check/Reset

This program code is used to check the alarm(s)related to the Recipe Directory programming. Thesealarms will occur when exiting the Program Mode andwill not allow the AccuLoad II to operate until theyhave been corrected.

106 DA: Program Error XXX

Where XXX = Program code with incorrect entry.

Help Message

View the Recipe Directory Alarm status. Press’ENTER’ to clear alarm.

107 - Transact ion Al arms

This code allows the operator to view the alarms whichhave occurred during the most recent transaction. Allalarms will be listed from left to right in the order inwhich they occurred. They will be listed in this programcode regardless of whether they have been cleared orare still present. Up to ten alarms may be listed; thisnumber is further limited by the entry in the Run Modealarm clearing option select. That is, if seven isentered as the limit which may be cleared, then nomore than seven alarms will be listed here as morethan seven alarms would cause the transaction to beended.

1. If there were a temperature probe alarm, a ticketprinter alarm, two excess high flow alarms and anoverrun alarm (respectively), the display would beas follows:

107 TPTKHFHFOA

2. This program code is for viewing the alarm historyonly. Present alarms may be cleared under theAlarm Check and Reset program code.

Help Message

View all alarms encountered during the most recenttransaction.

108 - Ready Mode Alarms

This code allows the operator to view the alarms thathave occurred and have been cleared in the ReadyMode since the last transaction. All alarms will belisted from left to right in the order in which theyoccurred. They will be listed in this program coderegardless of whether they have been cleared. Up toten alarms may be listed; this number is limited by theentry in the Run Mode alarm clearing selection. Thatis, if seven is entered as the limit which may becleared, then no more than seven alarms will be listedhere.

1. If there were a pulse transmission and acommunication alarm (in that order) the displaywould be as follows:

108 PTCM

2. This program code is for viewing the alarm historyonly.

Help Message

View all alarms cleared in the Ready Mode after thelast transaction.

109 - Set Time

A correction to the time may be made through this fivedigit entry. This program code will be available in bothmeter positions programming menus, the entry iscommon to both positions. The first four numbersentered consist of two digits for the hour and two digitsfor the minutes. The last number entered showsmilitary time or AM or PM for standard time.

0 = AM1 = PM2 = Military

109 12:32 AM Time

Page 28: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

20 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Set the time in hours, minutes and AM, PM or Military.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

110 - Set Date

A correction to the date may be made through thisentry. This program code will be available in bothmeter positions programming menus, the entry iscommon to both positions. The format for date entrywill be dependent on the time type entry. The six digitsentered consist of two digits for the month, two digitsfor the day, and two digits for the year.

Time Type = Military then Date format = Day - Month -Year

110 28-04-90 Date

Time Type = AM or PM then Date format = Month -Day - Year

110 4-28-90 Date

Help Message

Set the date in month, day and year (Std) or day,month and year (Mil).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The date entered is in error or has inconsistentformat.

111 - Dynamic Display Time-out

This two digit code allows the operator to enter theamount of time in seconds that a dynamic display willremain displayed. The range of this program code willbe 00 - 99 seconds where a zero entry will cause thedynamic display to remain until the "CLEAR" key ispressed.

111 10 Dynamic Time-out

Help Message

Enter the time in seconds that a dynamic display willremain displayed.

140 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 180 - 189

This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (180 through 189) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 180 through 189 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria the followingoptions are available.

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

140 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 180through 189.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

141 - Local Mode Alarm Clearing

This one digit program code allows the operator toclear certain alarms (see below) while in the RunMode of operation. The operator may select a quantityof one to nine as the maximum number of alarmswhich may be cleared in a single transaction. Whenthis option is selected, any applicable alarm receivedduring the loading operation will attempt to shut downthe flow. At this point, the operator will have the optionof clearing the alarm and continuing with the load orending the transaction. An entry of zero will disableRun Mode alarm clearing.

If the number of alarms exceeds the programmedvalue, the alarm will not be clearable in the Run Mode.It must be cleared by gaining entry to the programmenu and proceeding in the normal fashion. (SeeAlarm Check and Reset program codes 101, 102, 103,104, 105, 106).

The current alarm(s) will be available in the programmenu under the Alarms Check and Reset code. A

Page 29: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 21

history of the alarm(s) detected during a transactionwill be accessible in the Transaction Alarms programcode 107. Also, a history of alarms cleared in theReady Mode is available in the Ready Alarms programcode 108. These are also available through thecommunication line.

141 4 Local Alarm Clear

Help Message

Select local alarm clearing feature & number of tries toclear alarms.

Clearing of alarms in the Run Mode is accomplishedas follows:

1. Wait for flow to come to a stop (if necessary).

The following display will be alternating with thenormal display when alarms may be cleared.

XX Alarm Press "Clear"

XX is the two digit code for the present alarm. (Seecodes 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 for description ofalarms).

2. Press "Clear" to clear the alarm and continue thetransaction.

If the number of alarms in a single transaction hasexceeded the limit, the Local Alarm Clearing option isnot selected, or the alarm is not one of those clearablein this method, this display will not appear. The displaywill read:

XX Alarm - See Manager

3. The operator must then press ‘PRINT’ to end thetransaction. The display will then alternatebetween:

XX Alarm - Press "Clear"

XX Alarm - See Manager

and

Position1 Ready 7:14:51

Where Position1 Ready is a programmable messagethat is programmed in code 184, it can be up to 15characters in length.

The operator must then enter the Program Mode toclear the alarm. The alarm will appear in the SystemDirectory in code 101 if it is a system alarm, codes102, 103, 104, 105 if it is product related and code 106if it is recipe or blend related.

If the operator wants to view the alarms that werecleared during the last transaction he must enter theProgram Mode. The alarms that occurred during thelast transaction will be displayed in code 107.

The alarms that have occurred and have been clearedsince the last transaction with the AccuLoad II in theReady Mode can be viewed in program code 108.

All alarms except "DA" (Diagnostic Alarm) may becleared in the Run Mode.

Note: If more than one of these alarms exist, they must each becleared separately as they appear on the display.

142 - Decimal or Comma Selection

This one digit entry specifies whether a decimal or acomma is to be used on the display (i.e. meter factordynamic display decimal 1.000, comma 1,000). Thecomma is normally used in the European marketinstead of the decimal point.

0 - Decimal1 - Comma

142 0 Decimal

Help Message

Select either the use of decimals or commas forfractional numbers.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 30: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

22 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

143 - Alarm Relay

This one digit entry specifies how the alarm contactwill operate when an alarm occurs.

0 - Alarm Relay on Valve Fault Only1 - Alarm Relay on Any Fault2 - No Alarm Relay on Any Fault

143 0 Alarm Relay On VF

Help Message

Select whether the alarm relay will be set when a VFalarm occurs, any alarm occurs, or will remain off.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

144 - Run/Ready Initialization

This code allows the user to initialize all of the displaysused in the Run/Ready Mode of operation. Twopossible selections are available:

0 - English1 - Not Used2 - Spanish

Note: Entry "1" is reserved for future use and is not allowed by theAccuLoad II.

144 0 English

Help Message

Select the desired initialization setting, press "ENTER"to initialize. 0 = English, 1 = Not Used, 2 = Spanish.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode of operation.

145 - Ready/Run Mode Clearable Alarms Selection

This code allows the operator to program the alarmsthat are allowed to be cleared in the Ready/Run Modeof operation. Each alarm has an entry number thathas to be entered to display the alarm (see thefollowing table). Once the alarm entry number hasbeen entered and the alarm displayed, a 0 or a 1 can

be entered to indicate if the alarm can be cleared ornot cleared (0 = clearable, 1 = not clearable).

Note: 1. Diagnostic alarms are never clearable in the Ready/RunMode.

2. If program code 141 is programmed 0 indicating that noalarms can be cleared in the Ready/Run Mode, then "NoAlarm Clearing" will be displayed in this code and noentries will be allowed.

3. All alarms are initialized at the factory to 0 (clearable).

Programming the clearable alarms is accomplished bythe following procedure:

1. The display will appear as follows:

145 Run Clearable Alarms

2. Enter the table number of the alarm that is to bechanged (i.e., 40 Zero Flow).

145 Run Clearable Alar40

3. Press ‘ENTER’ to display the alarm.

0 ZF: Zero Flow Alarm

4. To change the alarm from clearable to notclearable, enter a "1".

0 ZF: Zero Flow Alarm 1

5. Press ‘ENTER’.

1 ZF: Zero Flow Alarm

After the alarms have been programmed to fit theapplication the settings should be recorded in theAppendix of the Programming Workbook (AB06044)for future reference.

Help Message

Select which alarms may be cleared in the Run andReady Modes.

Page 31: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 23

Alarm Table

Entry Alarm

1 CM: Communications

2 TK: Ticket

3 TP: Temperature Probe

4 OA: Overrun

5 PT: Pulse Transmission

6 VF: Valve Fault

7 PR: Pressure Transducer

8 PC: Pulse Collision

9 PS: Pulse Security

10 DP: Down Pulse Error

11 DR: Density Transducer

12 TT: Temperature Transducer

13 SP: Set at Entry 751

14 SF: Local Storage Full

15 F1: Additive Feedback 1

16 F2: Additive Feedback 2

17 F3: Additive Feedback 3

18 F4: Additive Feedback 4

19 F5: Additive Feedback 5

20 F6: Additive Feedback 6

21 F7: Additive Feedback 7

22 H2: Set at Entry 755 (232 Printer Hardware)

23 O2: Set at Entry 755 (232 Printer Paper Out)

24 A2: Set at Entry 755 (232 Printer Cover Open)

25 P2: Set at Entry 755 (232 Printer Buffer Overflow)

26 B2: Set at Entry 755 (232 Printer Buffer Overflow)

27 D2: Set at Entry 755 (232 Printer Deselected)

28 E2: Set at Entry 755 (232 General Printer Error)

29 I2: Set at Entry 755 (232 Printer Not Responding)

30 H4: Set at Entry 755 (475 Printer Hardware)

Page 32: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

24 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Entry Alarm

31 O4: Set at Entry 755 (485 Printer Paper Out)

32 A4: Set at Entry 755 (485 Printer Cover Open)

33 D4: Set at Entry 755 (485 Printer Deselected)

34 B4: Set at Entry 755 (485 Printer Buffer Overflow)

35 P4: Set at Entry 755 (485 Printer Comm)

36 E4: Set at Entry 755 (485 Printer General)

37 I4: Set at Entry 755 (485 Printer Not Responding)

38 CL: Clean Line

39 PA: Power-fail

40 ZF: Zero Flow

41 HT: High Temperature

42 LT: Low Temperature

43 HP: High Pressure

44 LP: Low Pressure

45 HD: High Density

46 LD: Low Density

47 BP: Back Pressure

48 LF: Low Flow

49 HF: Excess High Flow

50 BV: Block Valve

51 BH: Blend High

52 BL: Blend Low

53 AC: Additive Communications

54 IA: Injector Alarm

55 R1: Additive 1 Frequency

56 R2: Additive 2 Frequency

57 R3: Additive 3 Frequency

58 R4: Additive 4 Frequency

59 R5: Additive 5 Frequency

60 R6: Additive 6 Frequency

61 R7: Additive 7 Frequency

62 L1: Additive 1 Pulse

Page 33: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 25

Entry Alarm

63 L2: Additive 2 Pulse

64 L3: Additive 3 Pulse

65 L4: Additive 4 Pulse

66 L5: Additive 5 Pulse

67 L6: Additive 6 Pulse

68 L7: Additive 7 Pulse

69 N1: No Pulses Detected Additive 1

70 N2: No Pulses Detected Additive 2

71 N3: No Pulses Detected Additive 3

72 N4: No Pulses Detected Additive 4

73 N5: No Pulses Detected Additive 5

74 N6: No Pulses Detected Additive 6

75 N7: No Pulses Detected Additive 7

76 M1: Too Many Pulses Additive 1

77 M2: Too Many Pulses Additive 2

78 M3: Too Many Pulses Additive 3

79 M4: Too Many Pulses Additive 4

80 M5: Too Many Pulses Additive 5

81 M6: Too Many Pulses Additive 6

82 M7: Too Many Pulses Additive 7

83 K1: Low Additive 1

84 K2: Low Additive 2

85 K3: Low Additive 3

86 K4: Low Additive 4

87 K5: Low Additive 5

88 K6: Low Additive 6

89 K7: Low Additive 7

90 U1: Unauthorized Failed Additive 1

91 U2: Unauthorized Failed Additive 2

92 U3: Unauthorized Failed Additive 3

93 U4: Unauthorized Failed Additive 4

94 U5: Unauthorized Failed Additive 5

Page 34: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

26 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Entry Alarm

95 U6: Unauthorized Failed Additive 6

96 U7: Unauthorized Failed Additive 7

Note: 1. Alarms that have the statement "Set at Entry ???" are programmable in their respective program codes as to whether they areclearable or not clearable in the Run and Ready Mode of operation.

2. Entry numbers 1 through 40 are system alarms and entry numbers 41 through 52 are product alarms.3. Entry numbers 53 through 96 are System Alarms and apply to the Smart Additive Injector Systems.

180 - Programm ing Access Code

This four digit number permits entry into the AccuLoad

II's program code menu. The access code may bechanged under Program Mode security or Weightsand Measures mode security, depending on the entryin program code 140. The access code is required tobe entered through the AccuLoad II keypad after theProgram Mode security contact has been closed. Ifthis contact has not been closed, the AccuLoad II willnot allow entry into the Program Mode.

180 0000

181 - Transact ion Security I.D.

This eight digit security number provides an additional

security level for operation of the AccuLoad II. If thiscode is programmed with any number other than00000000 the driver or operator is required to enterthis security ID before a transaction can be started.

181 12345678 I.D. No.

Note: An entry of 00000000 will disable this feature.

Help Message

Enable/select the transaction I.D. number.

182 - Transact ion Security Prompt M essage

This code allows a 20 character entry to prompt the

operator during the preset operations to enter asecurity I.D. The data entry allows the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

182 Enter I.D. Number

Note: This message should not be programmed as blanks. Ifprogrammed as blanks, when the operator presses ’SET’ the displaywill go blank.

Help Message

Enter a prompt message - 20 character maximumentry.

183 - Auto Reset Timer

This two digit code defines the amount of time inminutes that the AccuLoad II will remain in a mode ofoperation (i.e. Program Mode) before returning to theready display (as programmed in code 184). Theclock starts after each keystroke (unless flowing) andif another keystroke is not made in the time set in thiscode, the unit will revert to the Ready Display. Therange of this entry is 01 to 99 minutes.

183 05 Auto Reset Time

Note: An entry of 00 will disable this feature.

Help Message

Enter the time, in minutes, that the AccuLoad will resetto the Ready Mode if no operator activity is detectedfor the consecutive time value programmed.

Page 35: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 27

184 - Ready Mode Message

This code allows a 15 character entry to be displayedwhen the AccuLoad II is in the Ready Mode (on idlestate). The data entry allows the following charactersto be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

184 Position1 Ready

Note: This message should not be programmed as blanks. Ifprogrammed as blanks, when at an idle state (Ready Mode) theAccuLoad II display will be blank and may give the impression that itis out of service.

Help Message

15 character alphanumeric programmable readymessage.

185 - Run & Ready Mode Customized Display

This program code is used to program all of thedisplays used in the Run/Ready Mode of operation. To program a display the operator enters the numberof the display that is to be changed. When theparticular display appears, the keypad is then used toadvance to each character to be changed and also toincrement or decrement the character. The data entrywill allow the following characters to be selected aspart of the message:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space 1. To program the Run & Ready Mode messages,

enter the number of the display you want tochange. Numbers and English default messagesare in the table below.

185 Customize Display 7

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to display the message that isassociated with the table number:

Report Pending to Print

3. Change the message as required for theapplication following the steps described in theOperator Guide (MN06101) in the section onProgram Mode.

4. Proceed to the next message as described in theabove steps.

Help Message

Use the keypad in order to customize the selecteddisplay. Press the "Enter" key to store into memory.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode of operation.

Page 36: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

28 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

SQR Display Customization Entry Table

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

*001 Alarm - See Manager 22

*002 Alarm Press "CLEAR" 22

*003 Alarm Press "PRINT" 22

*004 Alarm - Remove Ticket 22

005 ** Remove Ticket ** 24

006 Please Wait 24

007 Report Pending to Print 24

008 No Local Start Allowed 24

009 Meter Position Not Used 24

010 Press Clear to Continue. 24

011 Press Start to Continue 24

012 ** Error Press CLEAR ** 24

013 Preset Completed 24

**014 Restart In 11

**015 Valve Delay = 14

016 ** Not Authorized ** 24

017 Flow = 7

018 Flow*= 7

019 /Min 4

020 /Hr 3

**021 Temperature= 15

**022 Ref Density 12

**023 Rel Density = 18

**024 Meter Factor = 18

025 Raw Transaction 15

026 Grs Transaction 15

027 Gst Transaction 15

028 Net Transaction 15

029 Mas Transaction 15

**030 Inj1 Trans 14

Page 37: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 29

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

**031 Inj2 Trans 14

**032 Inj3 Trans 14

**033 Inj4 Trans 14

**034 Inj5 Trans 14

**035 Inj6 Trans 14

**036 Inj7 Trans 14

037 Inj1 Total 10

038 Inj2 Total 10

039 Inj3 Total 10

040 Inj4 Total 10

041 Inj5 Total 10

042 Inj6 Total 10

043 Inj7 Total 10

044 Density 7

045 Total 5

**046 Valve Requested 16

047 Open 4

048 Closed 6

049 Lock 4

**050 Load Avg Tmp 15

051 No Alarms Present 17

**052 Avg Pres 8

**053 Avg Den 7

054 Off 3

055 On 3

056 Secs. 5

057 Select Injector# 16

058 Injs. On=# 10

059 No Injectors Selected 24

060 Inj 3

061 Prog 4

062 Cal 3

Page 38: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

30 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

063 Raw 3

064 Grs 3

065 Gst 3

066 Net 3

067 Mas 3

068 Temp 7

069 Gross 5

070, 071, 072 Preset batch volume exceeds themaximum permitted.

3 * 24

073, 074, 075 Preset batch volume is below theminimum required.

3 * 24

076, 077, 078 The preset volume will cause the maxtransaction volume to be exceeded.

3 * 24

079, 080 Invalid I.D. number. Press CLEAR toenter.

2 * 24

081 No Recipes Available 24

082 Select Recipe 21

**083 Recipe No 10

084, 085 The minimum preset for this recipe is 2 * 24

086 Mass 4

087 Prv Err 7

088, 089, 090, 091 * Attention: An out of blend conditionhas developed. Press ENTER tocontinue.

4 * 24

*092, 093 * Select one of the following options: 2 * 24

094 1 = Terminate Delivery 24

095 2 = Complete to Preset 24

096, 097 3 = Blend Correct by Adjusting Preset 2 * 24

***098 To 4

* 099, 100 *Blend Action Selection is 2 * 24

101, 102 Press SET to confirm, CLEAR to re-select

2 * 24

103 Opened 6

104 Close 5

105 * Batch Limit Reached * 24

Page 39: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 31

EntryNumber

Entry Description Translation OutputLength

106 * Delivery Terminated * 24

**107 Flow 5

108 Flow* 5

109 Dynamic Batch No = 18

110 Tmp Lav 7

111 Additive 1 = 12

112 Additive 2 = 12

113 Additive 3 = 12

114 Additive 4 = 12

115 Additive 5 = 12

116 Additive 6 = 12

117 Additive 7 = 12

118 Trans 5

**119 Ld 3

120 Av Dn 5

121, 122 Fatal: Entry is out of specified range. 2 * 24

123, 124, 125 Recipe selected is not available.Press CLEAR to continue.

3 * 24

126 Program Error 13

127, 128,129, 130,131, 132,

133

Warning: Premature batchtermination may result in out of blenddelivery. If you desire to terminateanyway, press ENTER. Otherwise,press CLEAR to continue.

7 * 24

**134 Dyn Display 12

135 System 6

136 Recipe 6

137 Product 7

138 Batch 5

139 Summary 7

Note: * An entry number flagged with an asterisk (*), designates that the entry description should have a leading space in the message. This willallow for display concatenation without running words together.

Note: ** An entry number flagged with two asterisks (**), designates that the entry description should have a trailing space in the message. Thiswill allow for display concatenation without running words together.

Page 40: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

32 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Note: *** An entry number flagged with three asterisks (***), designates that the entry description should have a leading and trailing space in themessage. This will allow for display concatenation without running words together.

Note: The output length of each table entry signifies that maximum number of characters allowable for that particular message even though thedefault message may not take up all spaces allowed.

Note: Entry numbers shown grouped together are 24 character messages concatenated together to form a scrolling message. The total lengthof these messages are found by multiplying the output lengths together.

Note: Some literal strings that have been abbreviated to 2 or 3 characters will not be concatenated with other strings.

186 - Power-fail Alarm

This one digit entry allows the operator to eitherenable or disable the power-fail alarm. If the power-fail alarm is enabled (1) an alarm will be generatedwhen there is a power-fail. If the power-fail alarm isdisabled (0) an alarm will not be generated in theevent of a power-fail.

0 - Power-fail Alarm Disabled1 - Power-fail Alarm Enabled - If the power-fail

alarm is enabled and there is a power-fail andthe alarm is set up as not clearable, then noother transactions may be permitted until theoperator goes into the program mode andclears the alarm; clearing can also be donethrough communications.

186 1 Yes Power-fail Alrm

Help Message

Enter a 0 to disable or a 1 to enable an alarm onpower failure.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

190 - Meter Posit ion Disable

The AccuLoad II will contain the necessary softwareand hardware to operate two meter positions. At timesthis may be confusing to an operator if only one of themeter positions is currently connected and operating.For this reason, this program code can be used todisable the meter position not currently connected orin use. This program code will be under the HighSecurity Mode (see Operator Guide MN06101 fordetails) and when selected, the meter not in use willdisplay the following message: "Meter Position NotUsed" constantly.

Note: If the option for two meter positions is not installed, only one ofthe meter positions may be enabled at a time.

This one digit number permits the AccuLoad II's meterposition to be enabled or disabled. The entry will takeeffect on exit from the Programming Mode. The onlyactivity allowed for the meter position disabled will beentry into its Program Mode to enable that meterposition.

0 - Meter Enabled1 - Meter Disabled

190 0 Meter Enabled

Note: To program or change the programming of this code requiresthe program enable contact, the Weights and Measures contact aswell as a jumper on test points 9 and 10 on the computer board.

Help Message

This meter position disabled from all functions exceptProgram Mode.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Warning

Warning: The other meter position is currentlyenabled.

Warning: The other meter position is currentlydisabled.

200 - Flow Control Directory

201 - Low Flow Start Volume (Digital Valve)

This four digit entry shows the volume to be deliveredduring Low Flow Start.

201 0040 Low Flow Amount

Page 41: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 33

Note: Low Flow Start, (if programmed in), will always be initiatedfrom a zero flow condition. It will be initiated for the Low Flow Startvolume selected if the low flow rate is less than the high flow rate.Otherwise, the high flow will take priority.

"0000" disables the Low Flow Start option.

Help Message

Enter the volume for delivery during Low Flow Start.

202 - Low Flow Start Flow Rate (Digital Valve)

This four digit entry designates the flow rate duringLow Flow Start.

202 0200 Low Flow Rate

Help Message

Enter the flow rate during Low Flow Start operation.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will not allow the valve to openat start.

203 - Low Flow Start

This one digit entry selects when Low Flow Start willbe used.

0 - Low Flow Start will occur every time the ’START’

button is pressed.1 - Low Flow Start will occur only at the beginning of

the batch.

203 1 Low Flow Batch

Help Message

Select whether or not Low Flow Start is desired atbeginning of batch only or always after start.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

204 - Zero Flow Timer

This two digit entry allows the operator to select theamount of time (in seconds) that the AccuLoad II is toignore Zero Flow before going into a wait state. Oncein this state, the ‘START’ button must again bepressed to start the transaction. During this wait statethe operator may cancel the current transaction orstart a new batch if in the middle of a transaction. Therange of this entry will be 01 - 99 seconds.

Conditions under which Zero Flow Timer will be used:

1. Entries required.

a. A non-zero entry in the Zero Flow Timerprogram code.

2. Operational requirements for the Zero Flow Timerto be used.

a. The Zero Flow Timer will be used immediatelyafter the ’START’ button is pressed andimmediately after any permissive delays arecleared.

b. The Zero Flow Timer will be used before:

1) An operator requested stop.

2) Normal batch termination.

3. Conditions under which Zero Flow Timer will not beused:

a. After:

1) Operator requested stop or alarm condition.

2) Normal batch termination.

3) Improper program code entries.

4) If the Zero Flow condition results in a pulsetransmission situation (i.e., valve open and ZeroFlow), and security is programmed and theprogrammed PT/VF delay is less than the ZeroFlow Timer delay programmed. Under theseconditions a PT/VF alarm would be recorded.

204 05 Sec Zero Q Timer

Note: "00" disables this option.

Page 42: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

34 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Enter time in seconds Zero Flow is ignored beforevalve closure.

205 - Overrun Alarm Limit

This two digit entry defines the number of whole unitsrequired to trigger the overrun alarm. This value is setto five units when shipped from the factory. The rangeof this entry is 01 to 99 units.

205 05 Overrun Limit

Note: "00" disables the overrun alarm limit.

Help Message

Enter number of units delivered over preset amountbefore alarm occurs.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will disable this Overrun Alarmfeature.

206 - Start After Stop Delay

This three digit entry allows a programmable delay (inseconds) for a start to occur after a stop was initiatedin the middle of a batch. This delay will startimmediately after the ‘STOP’ key is pressed and flowgoes to zero. The message

xxxx Restart in yyy

will be shown when the delay starts where xxxx =volume loaded and yyy = time in seconds.

The ’START’ key may be pressed when the countergoes to zero and the display shows:

Press Start to Continue

Any attempt to restart before the countdown hasexpired will be ignored. The countdown may becanceled by pressing "SET" or "PRINT" or byremoving the ticket from the load printer. The range ofthis entry is 000 to 999 seconds.

206 015 Stop/Start Delay

Help Message

Enter the time in seconds to delay a start after stop inmidload.207 - Pump Relay Time Delay

This two digit entry allows the operator to select apump relay delay to off time in seconds. At any timeduring a normal or operator requested stop, the pumprelay will be delayed by the programmed value inseconds before turning off. This delay will beoverridden in an alarm condition (i.e. no delay to off).The range of this entry will be 00 to 99 seconds delayto off.

207 15 Sec Pump Delay

Help Message

Enter delay time in seconds to open the pump relaycontact after stop.

208 - Valve Delay to Open

This two digit program code allows setting of a timedelay (in seconds) before the valve will becommanded to open after the pump relay is closed.This allows the pump to pressurize the line, allowingfor better valve response. The range of this entry is 01to 99 seconds. For example, if the valve delay entrywas set to 05 seconds when the start button waspressed, the pump relay would be commanded toclose. Five seconds later the valve would becommanded to open.

The AccuLoad II is not considered released until thevalve delay time-out period has elapsed.

208 05 Sec Valve Delay

Note: An entry of 00 will disable this feature. Also the delayprogrammed in the Zero Flow Timer, program code (204), will not bestarted until the valve delay is over.

Help Message

Enter delay time in seconds to open the valve afterstart.

209 - PT/VF Time Delay

Page 43: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 35

This two digit program code allows setting of a timedelay (in seconds) before a Pulse Transmission/ValveFault (PT/VF) alarm occurs from the time that thecondition exists. The range of this entry is 01 to 99seconds.

209 10 Sec PT/VF Delay

Note: A "00" entry time delay is invalid. The default value from thefactory is 15 seconds.

Help Message

Enter the time delay in seconds allowed before a PTand VF alarm occurs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

210 - Flow Control Valve

This one digit entry defines the type of valve to becontrolled. There are two types: digital under whichcomplete control can be accomplished, and two-stagewhich can only start, ramp down and close.

Note: If AccuLoad II is controlling flow with a two-stage valve noalarm will be given. Flow will not be halted if the pressure drops belowthe programmed limit which is determined by the vapor pressure anddifferential pressure. Therefore the differential pressure feature shouldnot be used with a two-stage valve.

0 - Digital flow control valve such as Smith 210or 215.

1 - Two-stage control valve such as Smith 296or 299.

210 0 Digital Valve

Help Message

Select the type of valve operation used: Digital, Two-stage.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

211 - Zero Flow Alarm

This one digit entry allows the operator to eitherenable or disable the zero flow alarm. If the zero flowalarm is enabled (1) an alarm will be generated whenthe zero flow timer expires (time set in system code204). If the zero flow alarm is disabled (0) an alarmwill not be generated if the zero flow timer expires.

0 - Zero Flow Alarm Disabled1 - Zero Flow Alarm Enabled

211 1 Yes Zero Flow Alarm

Help Message

Enable/disable the zero flow alarm.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

240 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 280-289

This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (280 through 289) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 280 through 289 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

240 0 Weights & Measures

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 280through 289.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 44: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

36 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

241 - Flow Control Valve Security

This one digit entry specifies whether pulsetransmission security is to be used. This option isintended for use with a valve containing a valve stemswitch which provides an open or close indication.

0 - No Valve Security1 - Yes Valve Security

241 0 No Valve Security

Help Message

Select pulse transmission security using the valvestem switch.

280 - Clean Line Product

This one digit entry selects the product that will beused to fill the pipe/load arm at the end of each batchif clean line start is required.

1 - Product #12 - Product #23 - Product #34 - Product #4

280 0 Clean Line Prod 1

Note: If a volume is programmed in code 281 this product will beused to fill the pipe/load arm at the end of each batch regardless if it isprogrammed as part of the current recipe. The volume will always besubtracted from the first product in the recipe. It will always besubtracted from the 1st product in the recipe.

Help Message

Enter the clean line product desired.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

281 - Clean Line Volume

This three digit entry establishes the volume of theproduct selected in code 280 required to be deliveredto fill the pipe/load arm at the end of the batch. Therange of this entry is 000 to 999 units.

281 100 Clean Volume

Help Message

Enter the volume of clean line product desired at endof batch.

282 - Clean Line Al arm Limit

This two digit entry defines the volume of product thatthe clean line volume can be short and not cause analarm. For example, if the clean line volume is set for100 gallons and the maximum clean line alarm limit isprogrammed for 5 gallons, the clean line volume canrange between 95 gallons and 100 gallons and will notcause an alarm. The range of this entry is 01 to 99units.

282 10 Max Clean Excess

Note: "00" disables the clean line alarm.

Help Message

Set the tolerance allowed for underrun of clean linedelivery.

283 - Block Valve Position

This one digit entry sets the position of the productselect valve at the end of a transaction or when the’STOP’ button is pressed. The valve can either be leftopen (for relief of thermal expansion) or closed. Thiscode applies only to electric motor operated valves.

0 - Valve closed when ’STOP’ is pressed and atthe end of the transaction.

1 - Valve is open when ’STOP’ is pressed andclosed at the end of the transaction.

2 - Valve is closed when ’STOP’ is pressed andopen at the end of the transaction.

3 - Valve is open when ’STOP’ is pressed andopen at the end of the transaction.

283 0 Valve off SP & ET

Note: SP = ’STOP’ is pressedET = End of transaction

Page 45: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 37

Help Message

Select the block valve position at the end of atransaction (ET), when stop is pressed or a stopcondition occurs (SP).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

300 - Volume Accuracy Directory

301 - Transact ion Control

This one digit entry defines the means of a transactionend and/or start.

0 - Local: For transactions that will be authorizedand terminated by a locally mounted serialprinter (e.g., Load Printer): The "PRINT" key is disabled. The ticket printer tray switchis used to end the transaction.

1 - Print: For transactions that may be remotelyauthorized and terminated by the "PRINT"key: The ticket printer tray switch is ignored.The "PRINT" key is used to end thetransaction.

2 - Remote: For transactions that will beauthorized and terminated remotely (i.e.through communications): The "PRINT" keyis disabled and the ticket printer tray switchis ignored.

3 - Master Reset CT: For transactions that will beauthorized and terminated by a master resetinput: The "PRINT" key is disabled. Theticket printer tray input is used to authorizeand end the transaction and also clears thetransaction totals.

Note: If the Print or Local method is selected, the transaction maystill be remotely authorized or terminated.

301 1 Print Key

Caution:

If the remote opt ion is selected and nocommunication absence al arms are programmed,there is potential for a pr oblem. Since the "PRINT"key is disabled in the remote mode, transact ions

can only be ended via communications. Ifcommunications beco mes inop erative under theseconditions, the AccuLoad II will be in a deadlockcondition. This deadlock can only be cl eared bycycling power which will enable the "PRINT" keyfor a one-time use only (unl ess programmedotherwise).

Note: This program code will be overridden if the AccuLoad II goesinto any condition under which a communications alarm is generatedor the Standby Mode is entered. It will come back into force when theAccuLoad II communications is restored.

Help Message

Select method of transaction control: Master Resetwithout Transaction Clearing (CT), Master Reset withTransaction Clearing, Remote, Local, Print.

Warning (If Remote is selected.)

Critical: This selection requires poll & authorize orremote control communications.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

302 - Maximum Preset V olume

This five digit entry establishes the largest volume thatcan be preset. An error message appears: "Presetbatch volume exceeds the maximum permitted.PRESS "CLEAR" TO CONTINUE", will be displayedon any attempt to start a batch with more than themaximum preset value. The range of this entry will be00001 - 99999 units.

302 09999 Maximum Preset

Note: "00000" disables the maximum preset volume.

Help Message

Enter the maximum preset volume allowed for anybatch.

Warning

Critical: Auto Preset entry may not exceed themaximum preset.

Page 46: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

38 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

303 - Minimum P reset V olume

This five digit entry allows for the setting of theminimum preset amount. The range of this entry willbe 00001 - 99999 units. An error message, "Presetbatch volume is below the minimum required. "PRESS"CLEAR" TO CONTINUE", will be displayed on anyattempt to start a batch with less than the minimumpreset value.

303 00500 Minimum Preset

Note: "00000" disables the Minimum Preset Volume.

Help Message

Enter the Minimum Preset Volume allowed for anybatch.

304 - Auto Preset

This five digit program code allows the operator toselect the Auto Preset Mode of operation for theAccuLoad II. An entry of 00000 will disable thisfunction and the preset amount used in the Run Modewill have to be either manually entered by the driver orentered through communications. An entry other than00000 (i.e. 1000) will result in the preset amount usedin the Run Mode to be automatically set to 1000 eachtime the ’SET’ button is pressed.

304 01000 Auto Preset

Help Message

Select Auto Preset when a fixed preset value is alwaysdesired.

305 - Auto Preset Increment

This four digit program code allows the operator toprogram a volume to be used as an incrementalincrease for the Auto Preset.

305 0100 Auto Increment

Example: The Auto Preset programmed for 1,000units, the Auto Preset increment programmed for 100units when the driver/operator approaches theAccuLoad II and goes through the necessary steps to

get to the preset display (see Operator Guide BulletinMN06101).

Midgrade P 1000 Gal

Where:

Midgrade = Programmed Recipe NameP = Preset1000 = Volume programmed for Auto PresetGal = Units of measurement

Driver presses ’SET’ volume will increment 100 units.

Midgrade P 1100 Gal

Driver presses ’SET’ again the volume will increment100 units.

Midgrade P 1200 Gal

Driver continues pressing ’SET’ until the volume ofproduct required is reached (i.e. 2000 gal).

Midgrade P 2000 Gal

Help Message

Enter an amount to increment the Auto Preset Volumeby use of the ’SET’ key.

306 - Blank D owncounter

This code provides a Blank Downcounter option. Theuse of this option will disable the displaying of thedowncounter in the Run Mode while dispensing theproduct.

0 - Downcounter Yes1 - Downcounter No

Note: This option will have no effect while the AccuLoad II is in theProving Mode.

306 0 Downcounter Yes

Page 47: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 39

Help Message

Enable/disable the downcounter while the product isbeing dispensed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

307 - Volumes for Local Storage

This five digit program code defines the volumes thatwill be stored in local storage at the end of thetransaction. Each digit represents one of the volumesthat is selectable for local storage. A zero in the digitindicates that the volume will not be stored in localstorage with the transaction data and a one indicatesthe volume will be stored in local storage.

Digit Volume

1st Raw Volume (RW)2nd Gross Volume (GR)3rd Gross @ Standard Temperature Volume (GT)4th Net Volume (NT)5th Mass Totals (MA)

Note: A maximum of three types of volume can be selected for localstorage.

307 01110 -- GR GT NT --

307 10101 RW -- GT -- MA

Help Message

Select up to 3 volume types to be saved in localstorage.

Warning

Critical: Number of volume types selected exceedsthe maximum number allowed.

Note: This message will be scrolled across the display when morethan three volume types are programmed for local storage.

Warning

Critical: The delivered volume type must be one of thevolume types selected for local storage.

Note: This message will be scrolled across the display when one ormore of the volume types programmed for local storage are notcurrently programmed for use.

Note: If all five digits are not entered the numbers entered will start atthe right and fill to the left.

Example: Entered 111 when programming. When‘ENTER’ is pressed and the value 111 is stored, it willbe stored as:

307 00111 -- -- GT NT MA

When programming this code all leading and trailingzeros should be entered to ensure the correct volumesare programmed.

340 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 380-389

This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (380 through 389) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.To select the protection for 380 through 389 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 -Weights & Measures Protection1 -Program Mode Protection

340 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 380through 389.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

341 - Dual Pulse Error C ount

This three digit program code defines the number oferror counts that may be received from a dual pulsecomparator without causing a pulse security alarm.This error count is also used to identify the number ofsuccessive down pulses required to trigger a downpulse error alarm. The range of this program code is001 to 999.

Note: When Dual Channel Transmitter plus inverts (A bar and B bar)are selected, the invert errors will use the same number entered in the

Page 48: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

40 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

DPC error count to give an invert alarm. However, the invert alarm isbased on seconds not pulse counts.

341 010 DPC Errors

Note: If the Dual Pulse option is not installed via the AccuLoad IIControl Module (ACM), the display shows:

341 Dual Pulse Not Inst

Help Message

The number of pulse input errors allowed beforealarm.

342 - Dual Pulse Error Reset

The program code allows the dual pulse error count tobe reset under the following conditions:

0 - No dual pulse error c ount reset. A PC alarmis generated on power-up or PC alarmcondition.

1 - Transact ion dual pulse error c ount reset.Force the resetting of the dual pulse errorcount at the end of a transaction.

2 - Power-up dual pulse error c ount reset.Force resetting of the dual pulse error counton power-up.

3 - Transact ion and power-up reset. Forceresetting of the dual pulse error count onpower-up and at the end of a transaction.

342 0 No DPC Error Reset

Note: If the Dual Pulse option is not installed via the AccuLoad IIControl Module (ACM), the display shows:

342 Dual Pulse Not Inst

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select how DPC error count is reset: None, Power-up,End Transaction.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

343 - Dual Pulse Flow Rate Cutoff

This three digit program code defines the flow rate atwhich the errors of the dual pulse comparators willbegin to be counted. The range of this entry will be000 to 999 units of flow.

343 050 DP Flow Cutoff

Note: If the Dual Pulse option is not installed via the AccuLoad IIControl Module (ACM), the display shows:

343 Dual Pulse Not Inst

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Enter the flow rate at which the dual pulse comp errorswill be counted.

344 - Display Units

This code allows a three character entry message toserve as the display unit identifier of the product. Thedata entry allows the following characters to beselected as part of the display unit prompt:

•A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W XY Z

•a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z•0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9•+ ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

344 Gal = Display Units

Help Message

Enter a three alphanumeric character volume unitidentifier.

Page 49: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 41

345 - Corrected Display

This code allows the selection of a volume correctiondisplay to alternate at a two second rate with thepreset section of the Run Mode delivery display. It willdisplay the type of correction that is being applied tothe delivery and/or preset volume(s). Five possibletypes of corrections can be shown: Raw, Gross, Gst,Net, and Mass as programmed in code 346.

0 -No Delivery Correction1 -Corrected Delivery Display2 - Corrected Preset Display3 - Corrected Preset & Delivery Display

345 0 Del Correction No

Help Message

Select No Alternating Corrected Display, Delivery,Preset or both.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

346 - Printer 1 Registration

This program code defines whether the standard pulseoutput is in Raw, Gross, GST, Net or Mass units.

0 - Raw Pulse Out 11 - Gross Pulse Out 12 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Pressure Pulse

Out 1 (Gst)3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature and Pressure

Pulse Out (Net)4 - Mass Pulse Out 1

346 3 Net Print Out 1

Help Message

Select registration for printer output: Raw, Grs, Gst,Net or Mass.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

347 - Printer 1 Output Res olution

This six digit code defines the pulse output portresolution. The number is entered as the portion ofthe units of registration (fractional or whole) for whichyou want an output pulse. (e.g., an entry of 000.100shows a pulse will be output for each tenth of a unit, oran entry of 010.000 will output a pulse for each 10units). The range of this program code is 000.001 to999.999.

347 000.100 Gal/Prt Out

Note: "000.000" disables the pulse 1 output.

Help MessageEnter the printer output resolution per unit ofregistration.

348 - Printer 2 Registration

This program code defines whether the optional pulseoutput is in Raw, Gross, GST, Net or Mass volumeunits.

0 - Raw Pulse Out 21 - Gross Pulse Out 22 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Pulse Out 2 (Gst)3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature and Pressure

Pulse Out 2 (Net)4 - Mass Pulse Out 2

348 3 Net Print Out 2

Note: This output is not available unless the Quad OPV option ispurchased with the AccuLoad II.

Note: If this output is selected as Raw Pulse the output will be thesame as programmed in code 346.

Help Message

Select registration for second printer output: Raw, Grs,Gst, Net or Mass.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Page 50: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

42 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

349 - Printer 2 Output Res olution

This six digit code defines the Pulse 2 OutputResolution. The number is entered as the portion ofthe units of registration (fractional or whole) for whicha pulse is required. (e.g., an entry of 000.100 shows apulse will be output for each tenth of a unit, or an entryof 010.000 will output a pulse for each 10 units). Therange of this program code is 000.001 to 999.999.

349 010.000 Gal/Prt Out 2

Note: "000.000" disables this pulse output.

Help Message

Enter the printer output resolution per unit ofregistration for the second ticket printer.

350 - Display Res olution

This one digit code defines the display resolution. Thedisplay resolution may be selected in Whole, Tenths,Hundredths or Tens of a unit registration.

0 - Whole Unit Display1 - Tenth Unit Display2 - Hundredth Unit Display3 - Tens Unit Display

350 0 Whole Unit Display

Help Message

Select display resolution in Whole, Tenths,Hundredths or X Ten Units.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

351 - Input Resolution

This four digit code defines the nominal number ofpulses from a meter for one unit of registration. Thevalue must be between 0025 and 9999.

351 0100 Pulses/Gal

Help Message

Enter the number of pulses required per one unit ofregistration.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

352 - Prov ing Modes

This program code allows the operator to select theproving mode required.

0 - Not Proving - This is the normal operating modewhere a preset volume is set and the flow ofproduct is started and stopped.

1 - WM Proving (Weights and M easures ProvingMode) - In this mode the AccuLoad II operates asin the Run Mode, except the preset and deliverycounters both count up. Volume preset anddelivery units are in the volume units selected inthe display units select code.

2 - High-speed Proving (Proving using the high-speed pulse output) - In this mode the AccuLoadII operates as in the Run Mode, except the presetand delivery counters both count up. Volumepreset and delivery units are in the volume unitsselected in the display units select code. This isthe same as the WM Proving, except there is ahigh-speed pulse output that can be used with aSmall Volume Prover or a Master Meter.

352 0 Not Proving Mode

Help Message

Select proving method required: None, W & M or High-speed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Fatal: High-speed Prover output not installed. (If option2 is selected).

Page 51: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 43

353 - Prov ing Output

This program code allows the operator to select themeter for which the High-speed Prover output willoperate. This program code will be in both meterpositions program code menus. Its entry will becommon since the output may only be selected for onemeter position at a time.

0 - No Prover Output1 - Meter #1 Prover Output2 - Meter #2 Prover Output

353 1 Meter 1 Prover Out

Note: If the High-speed Proving option is not installed via theAccuLoad Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

353 No HS Prov Installed

and no entries will be allowed.Help Message

Select the meter position for using the High-speedProver output.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

354 - Prov ing Output Units

This program code establishes the type of units for theprover output when in the High-speed Proving Mode.Five possible selections are available that aredependent on the needs of the operation.

0 - Raw Prover (Pulses/Input Resolution) (Raw)

1 - Gross Prover (Grs)2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Prover (Gst)3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature & Pressure

Prover (Net)4 - Mass Prover (Whole Units)

354 1 Gross Prover

Note: If the High-speed Proving option is not installed via theAccuLoad Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

354 No HS Prov Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select the type of units for the High-speed Proveroutput.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

355 - Blend Tolerance (Percentage)

This two digit code defines the Blend Tolerance aspercentage of the preset volume for each component.This percentage represents the volume over or underthe preset amount that will be allowed by AccuLoad IIwithout causing an alarm. The range of this entry willbe 0.1% to 9.9% of the preset volume.

355 1.0% Blend Range

Help Message

Enter the percentage of total preset to be used as theBlend Tolerances.

Note: If codes 355 and 356 are both programmed for BlendTolerance the larger value of the two will be used by the AccuLoad IIto determine when a blend alarm should be triggered.

356 - Blend Tolerance (V olume)

This three digit code defines the Blend Tolerance as afixed volume. This volume represents the amount ofproduct over or under the preset volume that will beallowed by AccuLoad II without causing an alarm. Therange of this entry is 00.1 to 99.9 units.

356 10.0 Gal Blend Tol

Help Message

Enter the volume to be used as the Blend Tolerance.

Page 52: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

44 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Note: If codes 355 and 356 are both programmed for BlendTolerance the larger value of the two will be used by the AccuLoad IIto determine when a blend alarm should be triggered.

357 - Blend Correction

This code establishes the type of Blend Correction thatwill be allowed in case of a blend alarm. Threepossible selections are available.

0 - No Blend Correction . If a blend alarm occursduring the loading process, no correction will beallowed and the transaction must be ended.

1 - Self-Corrected Blend . If a blend alarm occursduring the loading process, the AccuLoad II willautomatically try to correct the blend if the productin error is being loaded as another component ofthe blend. (i.e., error in component 2 - Regular,Regular also being loaded as component 5). If thecomponent in error is not repeated as one of thecomponents that has not been loaded thetransaction will have to be ended.

2 - Self-Corrected Ble nd/Complete Batch . If ablend alarm occurs during the loading process, theAccuLoad II will automatically try to correct theblend if the product in error is being loaded asanother component of the blend. If the componentin error is not repeated as one of the componentsthat has not been loaded, the driver/operator willhave the choice of ending the transaction orcompleting the batch.

357 1 Self-Correct Blend

Help Message

Choose the level of Blend Correction that will beallowed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

358 - Recipes per Transaction

This program code provides the operator with thecapability of setting the loading position up to allowonly single recipe transactions or to allow multiplerecipes per transaction.

"0" - Single Recipe per Transaction"1" - Multiple Recipes per Transaction

358 1 Mult Recipe/Tran

Help Message

Select Single Recipe per Transaction or MultipleRecipes per Transaction.

Warning

Critical : Manual injectors by transaction are notpermitted while multiple recipe transactions areenabled.

Note : This critical message will appear if this code is programmed “1- Multiple Recipes per Transaction” and code 803 is programmed “2 -For manual selection of the injectors for each transaction when in thestand-alone mode of operation”.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Note: If programmed for Single Recipe/Transaction the driver willonly be prompted for the recipe prior to the first batch. On allsubsequent batches the driver will only be prompted for the presetvolume.

359 - Auto Prov ing Select

This one digit entry enables or disables the AutomatedProving Mode. The default for this program code willbe to disable the Automated Proving Mode. If autoproving is enabled, the program contact is open andthe weights and measures contact is closed, beginninga transaction will launch the auto prove. Selectingoption 2, Auto Proving Always, will launch the autoprove regardless of the position of the program contactor the weights and measures contact. However, inorder to download the new meter factor the weightsand measures contact must be closed.0 -Auto Proving Disabled1 -Auto Proving Enabled2 -Auto Proving Always

359 0 Auto Prove Disable

Help Message

Enable/disable the auto proving mode.

390 - Input Pulse Type

This one digit code defines the type of pulse input theAccuLoad II will accept: Contact or Active Pulse type.

Page 53: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 45

This code will be under the High Security Mode. SeeOperator Guide MN06101 for details. This programcode will be available in both meter positionsprogramming menus, however the entry is common toboth positions.

0 - Active Pulse Input1 - Contact Type Input

390 0 Active Pulse Input

Note: To program or change the programming of this code requiresthe program enable contact, the Weights and Measures contact aswell as a jumper on test points TP9 and 10 on the computer board.

Help Message

Select Active or Contact type of meter pulse input.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

391 - Input Pulse Doubler

This one digit program code can be used to select thedoubling of the pulse input to the AccuLoad II. Thiscode will be under the High Security Mode. SeeOperator Guide MN06101 for details.

0 - Pulses Times One1 - Pulses Times Two

391 0 Pulses Times One

Note: To program or change the programming of this code requiresthe program enable contact, the Weights and Measures contact aswell as a jumper on test points TP9 and 10 on the computer board.

Help Message

Select the meter pulse input multiplier: One or Two.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

392 - Transmitter Type

This one digit program code defines the transmittertype used with the AccuLoad II. The four typesavailable are: Single (Channel A only), Single +Inverted (Channel A and its Inverse A bar), Dual(Channel A and B) or Dual + Inverted (Channel A andB and their Inverses A bar and B bar). This code willbe under the High Security Mode (see Operator GuideMN06101 for details). While this program code will beavailable in both meter positions programming menus,the entry is common to both positions.

0 - Single Channel1 - Single Channel and Inverted2 - Dual Channel3 - Dual Channel and Inverted

392 0 Single Channel

Note: To program or change the programming of this code requiresthe program enable contact, the Weights and Measures contact aswell as a jumper on test points TP9 and 10 on the computer board.

Note: This program code is available in the programming menus foreach meter position. However, the entry selected will be common toboth positions.

Help Message

Select a Single or Dual pulse input transmitter.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Fatal: This option is available, but not installed.

400 - Temperature and Density Directory

440 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 480-489

This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (480 through 489) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 480 through 489 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

Page 54: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

46 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

440 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 480through 489.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

441 - Temperature Units

This one digit entry is used to establish whichtemperature scale is to be used.

0 - No Temperature Probe1 - Fahrenheit Scale2 - Celsius Scale

441 1 Fahrenheit Scale

Note: A zero entry, signifying No Temperature Selected, will cause acommon message

441 No Temperature Used

to be displayed for all temperature related program codes whenviewed in the program menu or through communications.

If the Temperature option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

441 No Temp Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select units of temperature: None, Fahrenheit,Celsius.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

442 - Reference Temperature

The actual uncompensated volume throughput istemperature compensated to its equivalent volume atthis four digit reference temperature. The mostcommon reference temperatures are 60.0° F and15.0°.

442 060.0 Reference °F

Note: If code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Selected, thedisplay will read:

442 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Reference temperature used as the base forcorrection of liquid volume.

443 - Temperature Offset

This three digit entry allows the temperature probeoffset error to be corrected. The first digit must be zeroor a one to show polarity, 0 = positive and 1 =negative. The second and third digits are the offsetrequired, in tenths of a degree F or C.

443 +1.5 °F Offset

Note: If code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Selected, thedisplay will read:

443 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter the value to correct for temperature probe offseterror.

Page 55: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 47

444 - Density or Temperature Input

The density 4-20 milliamp input channel will beselectable for use as a densitometer or a temperaturetransducer (e.g., RTD to 4-20 mA) input. This one digitentry will indicate if the 4-20 mA density channel is tobe used as a temperature or density input.

0 -Density Input1 -Temperature Input

Note: If this entry is selected as a temperature input, the AccuLoad IIwill not read the RTD channel. If the temperature probe is connectedto the RTD channel, a density input must be selected.

444 0 Channel = Density

Help Message

Select the 4-20 mA channel as a Density orTemperature input.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

445 - Density Units

This one digit entry is used to establish which densityscale is to be used.

0 - No Densitometer Installed1 - Lbs/Ft32 - Kgs/M3

445 1 Lb/F3 Density Unit

Note: A zero entry, signifying No Densitometer Installed, will cause acommon message:

445 No Density Used

to be displayed for all density related program codes when viewed inthe program menu or through communications.

Help Message

Select units of density: None, Lbs/Ft3, Kgs/m.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

446 - Min Temp/Density Units - 4 mA

This code allows the operator to enter the temperatureor density which is to be represented by an input of 4mA. The selection will be dependent on the entrymade in the Temperature/Density Select programcode (449).This five digit entry when, used as a temperature unitsinput, will represent the minimum temperature unitswith a 4 mA signal into the AccuLoad II. The first digitmust be a zero or a one to show polarity, where a 0 =positive and a 1 = negative. The range of this entry willbe -999.9 to +999.9 temperature units.

The five digit entry, when used as a density input, willrepresent the minimum density units with a 4 mAsignal into the AccuLoad II. The range of this entry is0000.1 to 9999.9 density units.

Note the following conditions:

1. Units are dependent on entry made in theTemperature or Density Units Select code (441)and (445), respectively.

2. On changing to or from a density or temperatureinput, the previous density or temperature valuewill still be available.

Note: Since there will be two temperature input methods available,this 4-20 mA input will take precedence over the RTD input entry.

Examples of the displays when used for temperatureinput and density input are as follows:

1. Example of program code 446 when used as thetemperature input:

446 +010.0*F Temp @ 4 mA2.

Example of program code 446 when used as thedensity input:

Page 56: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

48 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

446 0020.0 Lbs/Ft3 4 mA

Note: If code 445 is programmed "0" No Density Probe Installed andcode 444 is selected as density, the display will read:

446 No Density Used

Note: If code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Selected andcode 444 is selected as temperature, the display will read:

446 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter the value of temperature/density associated witha 4 mA input.

447 - Max Temp/Density Units - 20 mA

This program code allows the operator to enter thetemperature or density which is to be represented byan input of 20 milliamps. The selection will bedependent on the entry made in theTemperature/Density Select program code (444).

This five digit entry, when used as a temperature unitsinput, will represent the maximum temperature unitswith a 20 mA signal into the AccuLoad II. The first digitmust be a zero or a one to show polarity, where a 0 =positive and a 1 = negative. The range of this entry willbe -999.9 to +999.9 temperature units.

The five digit entry when used as a density input willrepresent the maximum density units with a 20 mAsignal into the AccuLoad II. The range of this entry is0000.1 to 9999.9 density units.

Note the following conditions:

1. Units are dependent on entry made in theTemperature or Density Units Select programcodes.

2. On changing the Density/Temperature channelselect, the previous density or temperature valuewill still be available.

Note: Since there will be two temperature input methods available,this 4-20 mA input will take precedence over the RTD input entry.

Examples of the displays when used for temperatureinput and density input are as follows:

1. Example of program code 447 when used as thetemperature input:

447 +150.0*F Temp @ 20 mA

2. Example of program code 447 when used as thedensity input:

447 0100.0 Lbs/F3 20 mA

Note: If code 445 is programmed "0", No Density Probe Installed, thedisplay will read:

447 No Density Used

Note: If code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Selected andcode 444 is selected as temperature, the display will read:

447 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter the value of temperature/density associated witha 20 mA input.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

448 - Volume/Mass Conversion

This code allows for entry of the volume units to beused in the volume to mass conversion. The massunits displayed are those selected in the Mass Unitsprogram code (449). The volume units which may beselected are as follows:

0 - Gallons per (Pound or Kilogram)1 - Dekaliters per (Pound or Kilogram)2 - Liters per (Pound or Kilogram)3 - Barrels per (Pound or Kilogram)4 - Cubic Meters per (Pound or Kilogram)

Note: Pound or kilogram as programmed in code 449.

448 0 Gal/lbs = Vol/Mass

Note: If code 445 is programmed "0" No Density Probe Installed thedisplay will read:

Page 57: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 49

448 No Density Used

Help Message

Enter units for volume to mass conversion.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

449 - Mass Units

This code allows a three character entry message toserve as the display unit identifier for the mass of theproduct. The data entry allows the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the display unitprompt:

•A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W XY Z

•a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z•0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9•+ ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^_ {l} ° ? * space

449 Lbs = Mass Units

Note: Mass units will be displayed whenever mass entry is selectedfor delivery.

Help Message

Enter a three alphanumeric character mass unitidentifier.

500 - Pressure Directory

540 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 580-589

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (580 through 589) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 580 through 589 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

540 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 580through 589.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

541 - Pressure Units

This one digit entry is used to establish which pressurescale will be used if there is a pressure transducerinstalled.

0 - No Pressure Installed1 - Psi Used (absolute or gage but cannot be mixed)2 - Bar Used3 - Kgcm Used

541 1 Psi Pressure Unit

Note: A zero entry, signifying No Pressure Transducer Installed, willcause a common message:

541 No Pressure Used

to be displayed for all pressure related program codes when viewed inthe program menu or through communications.

If the Pressure option is not installed via the AccuLoadII Control Module (ACM), the display will show:

541 No Press Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select units of pressure: None, PSI, Bar, Kgcm.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

542 - Minimum P ressure Units - 4 mA

Page 58: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

50 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

This code will allow the operator to enter a pressurewhich is to be represented by an input of 4 mA. Theunits for this selection will be dependent on the entrymade in the Pressure Units code (541). This four digitentry has a range of 000.1 to 999.9 pressure units.

542 050.0 Psi at 4 mA

If code 541 is programmed "0", No Pressure Installed,this code will read:

542 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter the pressure value associated with a 4 mA input.

543 - Maximum Pressure Units - 20 mA

This code will allow the operator to enter a pressurewhich is to be represented by an input of 20 milliamps.The units for this selection will be dependent on theentry made in the Pressure Units code (541). This fourdigit entry has a range of 000.1 to 999.9 pressureunits.

543 450.0 Psi at 20 mA

If code 541 is programmed "0", No Pressure Installed,this code will read:

543 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter the pressure value associated with a 20 mAinput.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

600 - Read Only Data Directory

601 - Injector 1 Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the additive injector #1 non-resettable throughput total.

601 INJ1 TOTAL 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 1throughput total.602 - Injector 2 Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the additive injector #2 non-resettable throughput total.

602 INJ2 TOTAL 000000000

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable additive injector 2throughput total.

603 - Injector 3 Non-resettable Totals

This program code will display the additive injector #3non-resettable throughput total.

603 INJ3 TOTAL 000000000

Help Message

Display only: Non-resettable additive injector 3throughput total.

604 - Injector 4 Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the additive injector #4 non-resettable throughput total.

604 INJ4 TOTAL 000000000

Help Message

Display only: Non-resettable additive injector 4throughput total.

Page 59: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 51

605 - Injector 5 Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the additive injector #5 non-resettable throughput total.

605 INJ5 TOTAL 000000000

Help Message

Display only: Non-resettable additive injector 5throughput total.

606 - Injector 6 Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the additive injector #6 non-resettable throughput total.

606 INJ6 TOTAL 000000000

Help Message

Display only: Non-resettable additive injector 6throughput total.

607 - Injector 7 Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the additive injector #7 non-resettable throughput total.

607 INJ7 Total 000000000

Help Message

Display only: Non-resettable additive injector 7throughput total.

608 - Local Storage Transact ions

This program code will show the maximum amount oftransactions that can be stored while in the localstorage mode of operation, and the current amount (ifany) of transactions stored in the local storage mode.

608 M020 A000 R000 S000

M020 = The maximum number of transactions thatcan be stored for this meter position.

A000 = The total number of transactions currently instorage including those stored in theStandby Mode.

R000 = The total number of transactions that havebeen stored since the unit first went intoStandby Mode. If Standby Mode has beenterminated, but the Clear Transactioncommunications command has not beenissued (or the transactions have not beencleared through program code 955), thisnumber will continue to increment. When itis equal to the maximum transactionnumber, a storage full condition (’SF’ alarm)will occur and further transactions will not bepermitted. Clearing the transactions throughcommunications or directory 900 will resetthis number back to zero and allow normaloperation to continue.

S000 = The total number of transactions run in theStandby Mode only.

The maximum number of transactions displayed willreflect the current number used plus the maximumnumber that could be used in the memory spaceremaining. The following information is stored by theAccuLoad II for each transaction.

1. Data Entry for Prompt 1 (Nine digits maximum ifused).

2. Data Entry for Prompt 2 (Nine digits maximum ifused).

3. Data Entry for Prompt 3 (Nine digits maximum ifused).

4. Data Entry for Prompt 4 (Nine digits maximum ifused).

5. Data Entry for Prompt 5 (Nine digits maximum ifused).

6. Raw Transaction Totals. 7. Gross Transaction Totals. 8. Gross @ Standard Temperature Transaction

Totals. 9. Net Transaction Totals.10. Mass Transaction Totals.11. Transaction Date and Time of Completion.12. Load Average Temperature.13. Load Average Pressure.14. Load Average Density.15. Load Average Meter Factor.16. Number of Batches on this Transaction (Up to

Nine Batch Totals).17. Additive totals for each batch.18. Alarm History.

Page 60: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

52 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

View the maximum and used portions of transactionmemory in transactions.

640 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 680-689

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (680 through 689) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 680 through 689 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

640 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 680through 689.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

700 - Communications Directory

701 - EIA-232 Comm unication Type

This code defines the type of communicating device tobe used in the system by the EIA-232 AccuLoad IIcommunications port. The codes possible are:

0 - No Communications - The AccuLoad II EIA-232 communications port is not selected foruse.

1 - EIA Type Terminal - The AccuLoad II EIA-232 communications port communicates witha terminal type device using a simplifiedcommunications protocol.

2 - EIA Type Minicomputer - The AccuLoad IIEIA-232 communications port communicateswith a minicomputer type device using asophisticated and secure communicationsprotocol. (Smart Additives Titan and Gate CityMini-Pak).

3 - Gate City - The AccuLoad II EIA-232communications port communicates with aGate City Blend-Pak additive injector systemusing a simplified communications protocol.

Note: 1. While this program code will be available in both meterpositions programming menus, the entry is common toboth positions.

701 1 EIA RS-232 Term

Note: A zero entry, signifying No EIA-232 Communications Installed,will cause a common message:

701 RS-232 Not Used

to be displayed for all EIA-232 related program codes.Help Message

Select the type of communicating device used with theRS-232 port.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

702 - EIA-232 Comm unication Control

This code sets the amount of control that the EIA-232communications device has over the AccuLoad II. Thevarious degrees of control are:

0 - Polling Only - Permits the EIA-232communication device to request informationonly.

1 - Poll and Authorize - Permits the EIA-232communication device to request informationand to authorize operation.

2 - Remote Control - Permits the EIA-232communication device to have completecontrol over all operations.

3 - Auto Out - Permits the AccuLoad II throughthe EIA-232 communication port toautomatically output an end of a transactionreport to a printer connected to the AccuLoadII. See Product Receipt Ticket.

Note: A report may also optionally be selected on demand. SeePrint Ticket Request program code 781.4 - Shared Auto Out - Same as above except

the output report will go to a shared printerconnected to one or more AccuLoad IIs.

Note: A report may also optionally be selected on demand. SeePrint Ticket Request program code 781.

5 - Smart A dditi ves - Permits the AccuLoad IIthrough the EIA-232 communication port tocommunicate with and control up to seven

Page 61: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 53

smart additive injector systems per presetsystem.

Note: 1. If one preset position is set to a printer type (i.e. AutoOut or Shared Auto Out) the other side must bealso.

2. If one preset position is set to Smart Additives, theother side must be also.

Only one of the AccuLoad IIs communication portsmay be programmed to the Poll and Authorize orRemote control mode.

702 1 Poll & Authorize

Note: If code 701 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

702 RS-232 Not Used

Help Message

Select the degree of communication control for theRS-232 port.

Warning

Critical: The selection for this port on the oppositemeter position conflicts.

Critical: The other port selection conflicts with thisentry.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 62: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

54 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh --- hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhBILL OF LADING hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh

hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhdd-dd-dd tt:tt a hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh

Page 1 of 7

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiiixxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii

Meter ID: mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm Transaction Number: nnnn (Reprint)HM Classification: ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccCustomer: Carrier:Operator:

BATCH VOLUME TOTALS LOAD AVERAGES ADDITIVES --------------------------------------------------------------------------

GROSS GST NET Temperature 1234567 ------ ---- ---- ------------- -------

GAL GAL GAL F

rrrrrrrrr vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t 0000000

ppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.tppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.tppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.tppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t

Additive Volumes: 1:aaaaa.aaa 2:aaaaa.aaa 3:aaaaa.aaa 4:aaaaa.aaa in Ozs 5:aaaaa.aaa 6:aaaaa.aaa 7:aaaaa.aaa Alarms: R:00, R:11, R:22, R:33, R:44, R:55, R:66, R:77, R:88, R:99

This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified,described, packaged, marked, and labeled are in proper condition for transportationaccording to the applicable DOT regulations.

Driver Signature

Signature of Receiving Agent

Smith AccuLoad-II, SQR.

Page 63: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 55

PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh --- hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhBILL OF LADING hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh

hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhdd-dd-dd tt:tt a hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh

Page 7 of 7

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiiixxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx iiiiiiiii

Meter ID: mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm Transaction Number: nnnn (Reprint)

Customer: Carrier:Operator:

BATCH VOLUME TOTALS ------------------------------

GROSS GST NET ------ ---- ----

GAL GAL GAL

rrrrrrrrr vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv rrrrrrrrr vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv rrrrrrrrr vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv rrrrrrrrr vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv rrrrrrrrr vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv rrrrrrrrr vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv

ppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv ppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv ppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv ppppppppp vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv

Load Average Density Lb/F3

Product1 dddd.d Product2 dddd.d Product3 dddd.d Product4 dddd.d

Additive Volumes: 1:aaaaa.aaa 2:aaaaa.aaa 3:aaaaa.aaa 4:aaaaa.aaa in Ozs 5:aaaaa.aaa 6:aaaaa.aaa 7:aaaaa.aaa

Alarms: R:00, R:11, R:22, R:33, R:44, R:55, R:66, R:77, R:88, R:99

This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified,described, packaged, marked, and labeled are in proper condition for transportationaccording to the applicable DOT regulations.

Driver Signature

Signature of Receiving Agent

Smith AccuLoad-II, SQR.

Page 64: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

56 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

NOTES:

hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh = User defined messageswhich are set up in program codes S710 through S714

dd-dd-dd = Date: MMDDYY for Standard Time DDMMYY for Military Time

tt:tt = Time HHMM a = A (Standard Time - A.M.)

P (Standard Time - P.M.)M (Military Time)

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx = Prompt messages which areset up in program codes S715 through S719.

iiiiiiiii = Prompt input data

mmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmmm = Meter ID asdefined in program code 720.

ppppppppp = Product description as defined inprogram code P180.

rrrrrrrrr = Recipe description as defined in programcode R__02.

cccccccccccccccccccc = First 20 characters of HMClassification as defined in program code P701.

cccccccccccccccccccc = Second 20 characters asdefined in program code P702.

cccccccccccccccccccc = Last 20 characters asdefined in program code P703.

vvvvv = Volume of product delivered

mmmmm = Mass of product delivered

tttt.t = average temperature

dddd.d = average density

aaaaa.aaa = volume of additive delivered

SQR = Software version

If a feature is not installed or there are no alarmspresent, a blank line will be in place of the data.

The Shared Auto Out Printer Option differs from theAuto Out Option in that the Auto Out uses a dedicatedprinter per AccuLoad II. The Shared Auto Out Optionmay have a single printer multi-dropped on 1 to 16AccuLoad IIs. This is accomplished by connecting theRTS and CTS of all the AccuLoad IIs using the printerto each other. The following describes the logic usedby the AccuLoad II to ensure there will be nocompetition for the common transmit and receive lines.

Logic for the Shared Auto Out Printer.

Start the master print timer (if required).

Start the random clock timer.

Note: Timer has a random time-out between 0.2 and 0.5seconds in 0.01 seconds resolution.

When random timer expires, see if the CTS (Clear toSend) line is active.

If CTS active:

Check master time-out and repeat the random time-out procedure.

If CTS not active:

Set DTR (Data Terminal Ready) active.

Set the RTS (Request to Send) active.

Check that the CTS went active.

If CTS still not active:

Drop DTR/RTS and repeat the random time-outprocedure.

If CTS is now active:

Deactivate the RTS line.

Check if the CTS line went inactive.

If CTS is now inactive reassert the RTS line and startthe print else, drop DTR/RTS and repeat the randomtime-out procedure.

Page 65: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 57

703 - EIA-232 Baud Rate

This code is used to select the baud rate at which theEIA-232 communications port is to communicate withother devices.

0 - 110 Baud1 - 150 Baud2 - 300 Baud3 - 600 Baud4 - 1200 Baud5 - 2400 Baud6 - 3600 Baud7 - 4800 Baud8 - 7200 Baud9 - 9600 Baud

Note: While this program code will be available in both meterpositions programming menus, the entry is common to both positions.

703 9 RS-232 9600 Baud

Note: If code 701 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

703 RS-232 Not Used

Help Message

Select the baud rate for RS-232 communications port:110 through 9600 bps.

704 - EIA-232 Data Format

This program code is used to select the number of bitsper character and the type of parity for the EIA-232Communication Port.

0 - 7 BITS EVEN PARITY1 - 7 BITS ODD PARITY2 - 7 BITS NO PARITY3 - 8 BITS EVEN PARITY4 - 8 BITS ODD PARITY5 - 8 BITS NO PARITY

Note: This program code will be available in both meter positionsprogramming menus, the entry selected will be common to bothpositions.

704 0 RS-232 7 Bits Even

Note: If code 701 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

704 RS-232 Not Used

Help Message

Select the data format: number of bits per characterand type of parity.

Warning

Critical: Dec security protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

705 - EIA-485 Comm unication Type

This code defines the type of communicating device tobe used in the system by the EIA-485 AccuLoad IIcommunications port. The codes possible are:

0 - No Communications - The AccuLoad II EIA-485 communications port is not selected foruse.

1 - EIA Type Terminal - The AccuLoad II EIA-485 communications port communicates witha terminal type device using a simplifiedcommunications protocol.

2 - EIA Type Minicomputer - The AccuLoad IIEIA-485 communications port communicateswith a minicomputer type device using asophisticated and secure communicationsprotocol. (Smart Additives Titan and Gate CityMini-Pak)

3 - Gate City - The AccuLoad II EIA-485communications port communicates with aGate City Blend-Pak additive injector systemusing a simplified communications protocol.

Note: 1. This program code will be available in both meterpositions programming menus, the entry selected will becommon to both positions.

705 1 EIA RS-485 Term

Note: If the EIA-485 Communications option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display will show:

Page 66: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

58 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

705 RS-485 Not Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

A zero entry, signifying No RS-485 CommunicationsInstalled, will cause a common message:

705 RS-485 Not Used

to be displayed for all RS-485 related program codes.

Help Message

Select the type of communicating device used with theRS-485 port.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

706 - EIA-485 Comm unication Control

This code sets the amount of control that the EIA-485communications device has over the AccuLoad II.

0 - Polling Only - Permits the EIA-485communication device to request informationonly.

1 - Poll and Authorize - Permits the EIA-485communication device to request informationand to authorize operation.

2 - Remote Control - Permits the EIA-485communication device to have completecontrol over all operations.

3 - Auto Out - Permits the AccuLoad II throughthe EIA-485 communication port toautomatically output an end of a transactionreport to a printer connected to the AccuLoadII.

Note: This report may also optionally be selected on demand. SeePrint Ticket Request program code 781.

4 - Shared Auto Out - Same as above exceptthe output report will go to a shared printerconnected to one or more AccuLoad IIs.

Note: A report may also optionally be selected on demand. See PrintTicket Request program code 781.

5 - Smart A dditi ves - Permits the AccuLoad IIthrough the EIA-232 communication port tocommunicate with and control up to sevensmart additive injector systems per deliverysystem.

Note: 1. If one preset position is set to a printer type, (i.e. AutoOut or Shared Auto Out) the other side must be also.

2. If one preset position is set to Smart Additives the otherside must be also

Only one of the AccuLoad II's communications portsmay be programmed to the Poll and Authorize orRemote control mode.

706 1 Poll & Authorize

Note: If code 705 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

706 RS-485 Not Used

Help Message

Select the degree of communication control for the RS- 485 port.

Warning

Critical: The selection for this port on the opposite meter positionconflicts.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

707 - EIA-485 Baud Rate

This code is used to select the baud rate at which theEIA-485 communications port is to communicate withother devices.

0 - 110 Baud1 - 150 Baud2 - 300 Baud3 - 600 Baud4 - 1200 Baud5 - 2400 Baud6 - 3600 Baud7 - 4800 Baud8 - 7200 Baud9 - 9600 Baud

Note: While this program code will be available in both meterpositions programming menus, the entry is common to both positions.

707 9 RS-232 9600 Baud

Page 67: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 59

Note: If code 705 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

707 RS-485 Not Used

Help Message

Select the baud rate for RS-485 communications port:110 through 9600 bps.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

708 - EIA-485 Data Format

This program code is used to select the number of bitsper character and the type of parity for the EIA-485communication port.

0 - 7 BITS EVEN PARITY1 - 7 BITS ODD PARITY2 - 7 BITS NO PARITY3 - 8 BITS EVEN PARITY4 - 8 BITS ODD PARITY5 - 8 BITS NO PARITY

Note: While this program code will be available in both meterpositions programming menus, the entry is common to both positions.

708 0 RS-485 7 Bits Even

Note: If code 701 is set to "0", No Communications, this code willread:

708 RS-485 Not Used

Help Message

Select the data format: number of bits per characterand type of parity.

Warning

Critical: Dec security protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

709 - Comm unication Add ress

This code is used to uniquely identify up to 16AccuLoad IIs (32 meter positions) when they arecommunicating with the same device. The addressmay range from 01 to 99 with 00 being an invalidaddress.

709 02 Com Address

Note: The two preset positions must have different addresses.

Help Message

Enter a unique communication address to identify thismeter position.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Address entry is the same as the other meterposition.

710, 711, 712, 713, 714 - Printer Output Messages

These 5 program codes will allow 20 character entriesthat will be printed out on the shared ticket if it isprogrammed to be used. See Appendix 6 for locationof data on the printout. The data entry will allow thefollowing characters to be selected as part of themessage:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

711 Smith Meter Company

Help Message

Enter text-header for printed transaction report.

715, 716, 717, 718, 719 - Prompt Messages

These 5 codes will allow twenty 20 character entries toprompt the operator when the AccuLoad II is operatingin the Automation Standby Mode and the associatedprompt message has been programmed. The promptsmay also be printed on the load ticket if soprogrammed. See Appendix 6 for location of promptson the ticket. The data entry will allow the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the prompt:

Page 68: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

60 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

715 Enter Driver ID No.

Help Message

Enter a prompt message - 20 character maximumentry.

720 - Meter ID

This code will allow the entry of a meter identificationof up to 20 characters for use on the product receiptticket. See Appendix 6 for location of the meteridentification on the load ticket. The data entry willallow the following characters to be selected as part ofthe message:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ ' {l} ° ? *

space

720 UN01

Help Message

Enter a meter ID - 20 character maximum entry.

721 - Print Summary

This program code allows the user to select the typeof output report that the AccuLoad will format for thereceipt ticket. The first three options (0, 1, 2) providethe user with a preformatted receipt ticket, option (3)allows the user to configure the receipt for his format.

0 - Summary with Report - The product receiptticket will consist of batch pages (one perbatch) and a summary page.

1 - No Summary with Report - The productreceipt ticket will consist of the batch pages(one per batch) only. No summary will beincluded.

2 - Summary Only - The product receipt ticketwill consist of the summary page only.

3 - Configurable Report - The productinformation is configurable as to what isprinted and the location of the data.

721 3 Configurable Reprt

Help Message

Select: (0) Print Summary with Report, (1) Print ReportOnly, (2) Print Summary Only, (3) Print ConfigurableReport.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

722 - View Delivery Conf iguration Report

This code allows the operator to step through thereceipt ticket line by line and read the entry that hasbeen configured for that line. The ticket is displayed inSequential order, first by line number and second bythe column number. For example if two entries areentered on line ten, the first starting in column 5 andthe second in column 35 they would be displayed asfollows:

722 Ln 10,CL 05,ENT 6

Press ‘ENTER’ to view the next defined entry.

722 Ln 10,CL 35,ENT 9

Page 69: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 61

Help Message

Data Entry = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. Press the‘ENTER’ key to view the next configurable Sequence.Number of entries left = yyy.

Where:

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX is the descriptor for thedata entry number.

yyy is the number of entries remaining that can beentered on the configurable report.

740 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 780-789

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (780 through 789) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 780 through 789 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

740 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 780through 789.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

741 - Comm unication Link Prog ramming

This one digit entry will allow selection of what groupof program code values may be changed through thecommunication link.

0 - No Program Code Values1 - Prog Values Only2 - Prog & W/M Values3 - Alarms Reset Only

A selection of "No Program Values" would not allowchanges to programmable codes or resetting of alarmsthrough communications commands.

A selection of "Prog Values Only" would allow thosecommands under the Program Mode security X01through X39 of any directory and X80 through X89 ofany directory if selected as program entries in theProgram Select program code of that directory to bechanged through the communication link. This also willenable the resetting of alarms throughcommunications.

A selection of "Prog & W/M" would allow thoseprogram codes under the Program and Weights andMeasures security, X01 through X89, to be changedthrough communications and also will enable resettingof alarms communications command.

Note: Under no condition will the high security program codes X90through X99 be programmable through the communications link.

741 0 No Program Values

Help Message

Select program code groups alterable via thecommunications link.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

742 - Comm unications Time-out

This three digit code will allow the operator to specifythe amount of time, in seconds, that communicationpolling may be absent before initiating the actiondefined in the communication alarm program code.

742 090 Sec Com Time-out

Note: An entry of zero seconds will prevent any of the above optionsfrom occurring and will remove the unit from the Standby Mode ifcurrently active.

Help Message

Enter elapse time in seconds of comm fail beforesignaling an alarm.

Page 70: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

62 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

743 - Comm unications Al arm Mode

This one digit code will allow the operator to specifythe type of action the AccuLoad II will take when thecommunications time-out expires.

The type of actions possible with the correspondingentry number are as follows (assume a time value of90 seconds):

0 - Standby Mode. Unit enters Standby Modewhen communications polling has ceased forthe time value entered in the CommunicationTime-out code (742) (e.g., 90 seconds). Theonly restriction is that the communicationsmode programmed is poll and authorize orremote control and communications isinstalled. Any valid communicationscommands received by the AccuLoad II willreset the timer. Transaction information will beretained in local storage. No communicationalarm will be issued.

1 - Communication Al arm Mode. Unit issues acommunications alarm when communicationspolling has ceased for the time value entered(e.g., 90 seconds). The only restriction is thatthe communications mode must be poll andauthorize or remote control andcommunications is installed. Any validcommunications command received by theAccuLoad II or clearing of the alarm will resetthe timer. The alarm may be cleared manuallyor through communications. The unit will notenter Standby Mode. Selection of this optionwill remove the unit from Standby Mode ifactive.

2 - Standby and Communication Al arm. Unitenters Standby Mode and issues acommunications alarm when communicationspolling has ceased for the time value entered(e.g., 90 seconds). The only restriction is thatthe communications mode must be poll andauthorize or remote control andcommunications is installed. Any validcommunications commands received by theAccuLoad II will reset the timer. TheCommunications Alarm will not be issuedwhile the unit is in Standby Mode. Thecommunications alarm may be clearedmanually or through communications.Transaction information will be retained inlocal storage.

Note: Clearing of the communications alarm through communicationscannot be done while the unit is in Standby Mode.

743 0 Standby Mode

Help Message

Select the mode of operation following a comm failtime-out.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

744 - Prompt Time-out

This three digit code represents the amount of delay,in seconds, allowed with the prompt messages. Thiswill be the overall time-out that will apply for each ofthe prompted data entries used. On time-out, theAccuLoad II will cancel the present promptingmessage and return to the "READY" display. Therange of this entry is 010 -999 seconds.

744 010 Sec Prompt Time

Help Message

Enter the time, in seconds, for display of promptmessages.

745, 746, 747, 748, 749 - Prompts Data EntryLength and Display Type

These five two digit numeric entry codes will representthe amount of data allowed with the associated promptmessage and whether the data is hidden (an X isechoed back for each digit pressed) or displayed (thedigit pressed is echoed back as is). The first digitentered must be a zero (displayed data entry) or a one(hidden data entry). The second digit enteredrepresents the maximum amount of digits allowed forthe associated prompt display. A zero for this entry willuse the associated prompt (if selected) as a messageonly, no data will be required or allowed. A non-zeroentry, one through nine, will allow up to that number ofdigits to be entered with its associated prompt display.(e.g., program code 745 set to "04" means when theassociated prompt is used, the data entered will bedisplayed and anywhere from zero to four digits ofdata may be entered.) Finally, the ‘ENTER’ key mustbe used to enter the data or increment to the nextprompt, even if no numeric data is required.

Page 71: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 63

Note: Codes 745, 746, 747 ,748 and 749 are associated with codes715, 716, 717, 718 and 719 respectively.

745 14 Digits Hidden

Help Message

Select data entry length of that prompt and howdisplayed.

750 - Start Key Enable/Disable

This one digit program code allows theenabling/disabling of the local "START" key andremote start input. When the local "START" key isdisabled, it will not function at the AccuLoad II for themeter position selected. The only method for starting abatch will be through the communication remote startcommand.

0 - Start Key Enabled1 - Start Key Disabled

Note: If the local "START" key is disabled at the AccuLoad II and thecommunication is in mode 1 (Polling Only), the AccuLoad II will not beable to start a transaction until the parameters are properly set. If alocal start is attempted, the message:

750 No Local Start Allowed

will be displayed.

750 0 Start Key Enabled

Help Message

Select Local Start Key operation & Optional RemoteStart input.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

751 - Shared Printer Out Alarm

This code is used to select the type of alarm that willbe generated on a shared printer (SP) out failure.

0 - No SP Alarm (No alarm will be generated ona shared auto out failure.)

1 - Local SP Alarm (The alarm generated will beclearable by the operator if local alarmclearing is selected.)

2 - Program SP Alarm (The alarm generated willbe clearable only by entering the ProgramMode.)

Note: This program code will be available in both meter positionsprogramming menus, however, the entry is common to both positions.

751 0 No SP Alarm

Help Message

Select the Shared Printer (SP) Alarm type desired.(None, Local, Program.)

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

752 - Shared Printer Out Timer

This two digit code is used to select the amount oftime in minutes the AccuLoad II will wait before issuinga Shared Printer (SP) Alarm. A Shared Printer Alarmis issued if, within the time selected, the AccuLoad IIdoes not see the CTS line go inactive.

The time is also used by the shared printer security asthe amount of time to wait for the printer to be fixed(put on line, reloaded with paper, etc.) beforealarming.

Note: Anytime the line goes inactive the timer is reset. An entry ofzero will result in no Shared Printer Alarm being generated. However,the AccuLoad II will wait an unlimited amount of time for the CTS lineto clear so the report may be printed.

While a report is printing or waiting to be printed, notransaction may be started at that meter position.

This program code will be available in both meterpositions programming menus, however, the entry iscommon to both positions.

752 05 Min SP Alarm Time

Page 72: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

64 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Select the time in minutes before a Shared Printer(SP) Alarm is issued.

753 - EIA-232 Printer Security

This code is used to select the type of printer feedbackto be used for EIA-232 Communication Port.

0 - No EIA-232 Security

1 - XON/XOFF EIA-232

This security protocol is designed to keep theprinter buffer from overflowing. This allowsthe AccuLoad II to transmit data at a higherbaud rate than the speed of the printer. Theprinter sends an XOFF (13 hex) when the printbuffer is nearly full. This signals the AccuLoadII to stop sending data. The AccuLoad II waitsfor the printer to send an XON (11 hex)signifying that it is ready for more data. Theamount of time that the AccuLoad II waitsbefore sending an alarm is dependent on theShared Printer Out Timer (752). Note that ifthe Shared Printer Out Timer is set to zero, analarm will be generated immediately.

2 - DEC PROTOCOL EIA-232

This is the highest printer security level. TheAccuLoad II requests a status report from theprinter at the start of each printout. Then theprinter is enabled to send unsolicited statusreports on the detection of a fault. When afault is reported to the AccuLoad II, theprintout is suspended and a message isdisplayed identifying the fault. This fault doesnot become an alarm until the Shared PrinterOut Timer (752) expires. This waiting periodis designed to allow the operator time tocorrect the fault by putting the printer on-line,reloading the paper, etc. If the fault iscorrected before the time-out expires, the faultmessage will be replaced with the normaldisplay and the printout will proceed.

3 - PTB - FX PROTOCOL EIA-232

This security level is designed to support PTBWeights and Measures Agency approvedprinter interface. This interface is currentlysupported by, and applies to the Epson FX-850 printer.

This interface uses a data block structure withhandshaking. The AccuLoad II initially sendsan ENQ (enquire) to the printer. The printerthen responds with an ACK (acknowledge)and is now ready to receive a block of datafrom the AccuLoad II. A block of data isdefined to be one line to be printed. The datais wrapped between a STX (start of text) andan ETX (end of text) and is followed by thelongitudinal redundancy checksum for the datablock. After the AccuLoad II has sent the datablock, the printer will then respond with anACK if the data was received correctly or aNAK (negative acknowledge) if not receivedcorrectly. If the printer responds with a NAK,the data block will be re-transmitted.

4 - PTB - LQ PROTOCOL EIA-232

This security level is designed to support PTBWeights and Measures Agency approvedprinter interface. This interface is currentlysupported by, and applies to the Epson LQ-570 printer.

This interface uses a data block structure withhandshaking. The AccuLoad II initially sendsan ENQ (enquire) to the printer. The printerthen responds with an ACK (acknowledge)and is now ready to receive a block of datafrom the AccuLoad II. A block of data isdefined to be one line to be printed. The datais wrapped between a STX (start of text) andan ETX (end of text) and is followed by thelongitudinal redundancy checksum for the datablock. After the AccuLoad II has sent the datablock, the printer will then respond with anACK if the data was received correctly or aNAK (negative acknowledge) if not receivedcorrectly. If the printer responds with a NAK,the data block will be re-transmitted.

Note: If the Shared Printer Out Timer is programmed to zero, analarm will be generated immediately.

The printer faults that can be detected are:

A2: Print Cover Open (Access cover open)B2: Buffer Overflow (Input buffer overflow)D2: Print Deselected (Printer is off-line)E2: Printer Error (Other than the above)H2: Printer Hardware (Hardware failure) (printhead)I2: Print Not Resp (Printer not responding)O2: Print Paper Out (Printer out of paper)P2: Printer Comm (Communication error) (eg. parity)

Page 73: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 65

753 2 Dec Protocol 232

Note: If code 702 is not programmed for options "3" Auto Out or "4"Shared Auto Out, this display will read:

753 Printer Not Used

Help Message

Select the feedback type to be used for RS-232 printersecurity.

Warning

Critical: DEC security protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

754 - EIA-485 Printer Security

This code is used to select the type of printer feedbackto be used for the EIA-485 Communication Port.

0 - No EIA-485 Security

1 - XON/XOFF EIA-485

This security protocol is designed to keep theprinter buffer from overflowing. This allowsthe AccuLoad II to transmit data at a higherbaud rate than the speed of the printer.

The printer sends an XOFF (13 hex) when theprint buffer is nearly full. This signals theAccuLoad II to stop sending data. TheAccuLoad II waits for the printer to send anXON (11 hex) signifying that it is ready formore data. The amount of time that theAccuLoad II waits before setting an alarm isdependent on the Shared Printer Out Timer(752). Note that if the Shared Printer OutTimer is set to zero, an alarm will begenerated immediately.

2 - DEC PROTOCOL 485

This is the highest printer security level. TheAccuLoad II requests a status report from theprinter at the start of each printout. Then theprinter is enabled to send unsolicited statusreports on the detection of a fault. When afault is reported to the AccuLoad II, theprintout is suspended and a message isdisplayed identifying the fault. This fault doesnot become an alarm until the Shared PrinterOut Timer (752) expires. This waiting period isdesigned to allow the operator time to correctthe fault by putting the printer on-line,reloading the paper, etc. If the fault iscorrected before the time-out expires, the faultmessage will be replaced with the normaldisplay and the printout will proceed.

3 - PTB - FX PROTOCOL EIA-485

This security level is designed to support PTBWeights and Measures Agency approvedprinter interface. This interface is currentlysupported by, and applies to the Epson FX-850 printer.

This interface uses a data block structure withhandshaking. The AccuLoad II initially sendsan ENQ (enquire) to the printer. The printerthen responds with an ACK (acknowledge)and is now ready to receive a block of datafrom the AccuLoad II. A block of data isdefined to be one line to be printed. The datais wrapped between a STX (start of text) andan ETX (end of text) and is followed by thelongitudinal redundancy checksum for the datablock. After the AccuLoad II has sent the datablock, the printer will then respond with anACK if the data was received correctly or aNAK (negative acknowledge) if not receivedcorrectly. If the printer responds with a NAK,the data block will be re-transmitted.

4 - PTB - LQ PROTOCOL EIA-485

This security level is designed to support PTBWeights and Measures Agency approvedprinter interface. This interface is currentlysupported by, and applies to the Epson LQ-570 printer.

This interface uses a data block structure withhandshaking. The AccuLoad II initially sendsan ENQ (enquire) to the printer. The printer

Page 74: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

66 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

then responds with an ACK (acknowledge)and is now ready to receive a block of datafrom the AccuLoad II. A block of data isdefined to be one line to be printed. The datais wrapped between a STX (start of text) andan ETX (end of text) and is followed by thelongitudinal redundancy checksum for the datablock. After the AccuLoad II has sent the datablock, the printer will then respond with anACK if the data was received correctly or aNAK (negative acknowledge) if not receivedcorrectly. If the printer responds with a NAK,the data block will be re-transmitted.

Note: If the Shared Printer Out Timer is programmed to zero, analarm will be generated immediately.

The printer faults that can be detected are:

A4: Print Cover Open (Access cover open) B4: Buffer Overflow (Input buffer overflow)D4: Print Deselected (Printer is off-line)E4: Printer Error (Other than the above)H4: Printer Hardware (Hardware failure) (printhead)I4: Print Not Resp (Printer not responding)O4: Print Paper Out (Printer out of paper)P4: Printer Comm (Communication error) (e.g.,

parity)

754 0 No 485 Security

Note: If code 706 is not programmed for options "3" Auto Out or "4"Shared Auto Out, this display will read:

754 Printer Not Used

Help Message

Select the feedback type to be used for RS-485Printer Security.

Warning

Critical: DEC security protocol requires 8-bit data.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

755 - Shared Printer Security Alarm

This code is used to select the type of alarm that willbe generated on a Shared Printer (SP) Securityfailure.

0 - No Security Alarm (No Shared Printersecurity alarm will be generated on a SharedPrinter Out Failure.)

1 - Local Clear Security Alarm (The alarmgenerated will be clearable by the operator iflocal alarm clearing is selected.)

2 - Program Clear Security Alarm (The alarmgenerated will be clearable only by enteringthe Program Mode.)

Note: This program code will be available in both meter positionsprogramming menus. However, the entry is common to bothpositions.

755 0 No Security Alarm

Help Message

Select the security alarm type desired. (None, Local,Program.)

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

756 - Select V olumes to Print

This five digit entry will represent the volumes that willbe printed on the Product Receipt Ticket. Each digitrepresents one of the volumes that is available forprinting on the ticket. A zero in the digit indicates thatthe volume will not be printed and a one indicates thevolume will be printed. The assignment of the digitsare as follows:

Digit Volume

1st Raw Volume2nd Gross Volume3rd Gross Volume at Standard Temperature

(Gst)4th Gross Volume at Standard Temperature

& Pressure (Net)5th Mass Totals

756 11111 RW GR GT NT MA

Page 75: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 67

Help Message

Select the volumes to be printed on the report.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

757 - Select Load Averages to Print

This two digit entry will represent the load averagesthat will be printed on the Product Receipt Ticket.Each digit represents one of the averages that isavailable for printing on the ticket. A zero in the digitindicates that the average will not be printed and a oneindicates the average will be printed. The assignmentof the digits are as follows:

Digit Load Average

1st Load Average Temperature2nd Load Average Density

757 11 TMP DEN

Note: Load Average Temperature will print on the individual BatchTickets and the Load Average Density prints on the Summary Ticket.

Help Message

Select the load averages to be printed on the report.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

758 - Select the A dditive Volu mes to Print

This seven digit entry will represent the additivevolumes that will be printed on the Product ReceiptTicket. Each digit represents one of the additives thatis available for printing on the ticket. A zero in the digitindicates that the additive will not be printed and a oneindicates the additive will be printed. The assignmentof the digits are as follows:

Digit Additive

1st Additive Volume #12nd Additive Volume #23rd Additive Volume #34th Additive Volume #45th Additive Volume #5

6th Additive Volume #67th Additive Volume #7

758 1010101 ADDS 1-3-5-7

Help Message

Select the additive totals to be printed on the report.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

759 - Delivery Conf iguration Report

This program code configures the delivery report thatwill be printed out. This report is fully configurable asto the information that will be printed on the report andthe location of the information. To program theDelivery Report the operator enters the line number,the column number that the data will start at and theentry that is to be printed on that line and starting atthat column. This process is repeated for each pieceof data that is to be on the Delivery Report.

The following display indicates that entry 135 from thetable will be located on line 90 starting at column 16 onthe form.

759 LN 90,CL 16,ENT135

Programm ing the Deli very Report:

1. Enter the current line number for the data required.Press ‘ENTER’.

2. Enter the column where the data is to start. Press‘ENTER’.

3. Enter the entry number from the table for the datarequired on the line and starting at the columnentered. Press ‘ENTER’.

4. The AccuLoad II will then store this entry inmemory for the Delivery Report Printout.

Note: The operator must press the "Enter" key three times to retrievethe next sequence of information. The order in which the informationis retrieved will be the same order as it was entered into the system.The Delivery Report can be entered in any order.

Note: The configurable delivery report is not position dependent, it isthe same for each preset position. The report can be configured fromeither preset position.

Note: The operator doesn't have to re-enter all the information again ifhe wants to change one part, i.e., the column number. First the

Page 76: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

68 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

operator would press the "Enter" key to move to the column numberfield, maintaining the current line number. Enter the new columnnumber and press the "Enter" key to move to the entry number field.By pressing the "Enter" key the information is then stored in memory.With this process only the column number is changed and the line andentry numbers remain the same.Note: To delete information from the Delivery Report move to theentry number field and enter a zero. Then press the "Enter" key.

Note: Entries are not checked for overlapping locations.

Help Message

Data Entry = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX. Enterline, column and entry numbers to define the

configuration delivery report. Number of entries left =yyy.

Where:

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX is the descriptor for the

data entry number.

yyy is the number of entries remaining that can be

entered.

Warning

Critical: Entry number is presently not defined.

The following table provides the entry number, description of the data entry, the code reference (if any) and thenumber of columns required for the data.

DELIVERY REPORT CONFIGURABLE ENTRY TABLE

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

1 Alarm History Alarm Codes 60

2 Transaction Completion Time and Date 8

3 Transaction Number 4

4 Response to Prompt Message One 9

5 Response to Prompt Message Two 9

6 Response to Prompt Message Three 9

7 Response to Prompt Message Four 9

8 Response to Prompt Message Five 9

9 Recipe Name for the First Batch Run R_ _02 9

10 Recipe Name for the Second Batch Run R_ _02 9

11 Recipe Name for the Third Batch Run R_ _02 9

12 Recipe Name for the Fourth Batch Run R_ _02 9

13 Recipe Name for the Fifth Batch Run R_ _02 9

14 Recipe Name for the Sixth Batch Run R_ _02 9

15 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the First Batch Run 9

16 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9

17 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9

18 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9

19 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9

Page 77: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 69

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

20 Additive Injector # 1 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9

21 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the First Batch Run 9

22 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9

23 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9

24 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9

25 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9

26 Additive Injector # 2 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9

27 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the First Batch Run 9

28 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9

29 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9

30 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9

31 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9

32 Additive Injector # 3 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9

33 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the First Batch Run 9

34 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9

35 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9

36 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9

37 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9

38 Additive Injector # 4 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9

39 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the First Batch Run 9

40 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9

41 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9

42 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9

43 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9

44 Additive Injector # 5 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9

45 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the First Batch Run 9

46 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9

47 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9

48 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9

49 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9

50 Additive Injector # 6 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9

51 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the First Batch Run 9

Page 78: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

70 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

52 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Second Batch Run 9

53 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Third Batch Run 9

54 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Fourth Batch Run 9

55 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Fifth Batch Run 9

56 Additive Injector # 7 Volume for the Sixth Batch Run 9

57 Load Average Temperature for the First Batch Run 6

58 Load Average Temperature for the Second Batch Run 6

59 Load Average Temperature for the Third Batch Run 6

60 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Batch Run 6

61 Load Average Temperature for the Fifth Batch Run 6

62 Load Average Temperature for the Sixth Batch Run 6

63 First User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFirst Batch Run

6

64 First User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theSecond Batch Run

6

65 First User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theThird Batch Run

6

66 First User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFourth Batch Run

6

67 First User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFifth Batch Run

6

68 First User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theSixth Batch Run

6

69 Second User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFirst Batch Run

6

70 Second User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theSecond Batch Run

6

71 Second User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theThird Batch Run

6

72 Second User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFourth Batch Run

6

73 Second User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFifth Batch Run

6

74 Second User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theSixth Batch Run

6

75 Third User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFirst Batch Run

6

Page 79: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 71

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

76 Third User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theSecond Batch Run

6

77 Third User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theThird Batch Run

6

78 Third User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFourth Batch Run

6

79 Third User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theFifth Batch Run

6

80 Third User Selected Volume for Recipe Volume for theSixth Batch Run

6

81 Load Average Temperature for the First Product Run ofthe First Batch

6

82 Load Average Temperature for the First Product Run ofthe Second Batch

6

83 Load Average Temperature for the First Product Run ofthe Third Batch

6

84 Load Average Temperature for the First Product Run ofthe Fourth Batch

6

85 Load Average Temperature for the First Product Run ofthe Fifth Batch

6

86 Load Average Temperature for the First Product Run ofthe Sixth Batch

6

87 Load Average Temperature for the Second Product Runof the First Batch

6

88 Load Average Temperature for the Second Product Runof the Second Batch

6

89 Load Average Temperature for the Second Product Runof the Third Batch

6

90 Load Average Temperature for the Second Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

91 Load Average Temperature for the Second Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

92 Load Average Temperature for the Second Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

93 Load Average Temperature for the Third Product Run ofthe First Batch

6

94 Load Average Temperature for the Third Product Run ofthe Second Batch

6

95 Load Average Temperature for the Third Product Run ofthe Third Batch

6

Page 80: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

72 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

96 Load Average Temperature for the Third Product Run ofthe Fourth Batch

6

97 Load Average Temperature for the Third Product Run ofthe Fifth Batch

6

98 Load Average Temperature for the Third Product Run ofthe Sixth Batch

6

99 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Product Runof the First Batch

6

100 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Product Runof the Second Batch

6

101 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Product Runof the Third Batch

6

102 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

103 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

104 Load Average Temperature for the Fourth Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

105 First User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe First Batch

6

106 First User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Second Batch

6

107 First User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Third Batch

6

108 First User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Fourth Batch

6

109 First User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Fifth Batch

6

110 First User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Sixth Batch

6

111 First User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the First Batch

6

112 First User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Second Batch

6

113 First User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Third Batch

6

114 First User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

115 First User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

Page 81: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 73

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

116 First User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

117 First User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe First Batch

6

118 First User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Second Batch

6

119 First User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Third Batch

6

120 First User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Fourth Batch

6

121 First User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Fifth Batch

6

122 First User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Sixth Batch

6

123 First User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the First Batch

6

124 First User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Second Batch

6

125 First User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Third Batch

6

126 First User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

127 First User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

128 First User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

129 Second User Selected Volume for the First Product Runof the First Batch

6

130 Second User Selected Volume for the First Product Runof the Second Batch

6

131 Second User Selected Volume for the First Product Runof the Third Batch

6

132 Second User Selected Volume for the First Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

133 Second User Selected Volume for the First Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

134 Second User Selected Volume for the First Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

135 Second User Selected Volume for the Second ProductRun of the First Batch

6

Page 82: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

74 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

136 Second User Selected Volume for the Second ProductRun of the Second Batch

6

137 Second User Selected Volume for the Second ProductRun of the Third Batch

6

138 Second User Selected Volume for the Second ProductRun of the Fourth Batch

6

139 Second User Selected Volume for the Second ProductRun of the Fifth Batch

6

140 Second User Selected Volume for the Second ProductRun of the Sixth Batch

6

141 Second User Selected Volume for the Third Product Runof the First Batch

6

142 Second User Selected Volume for the Third Product Runof the Second Batch

6

143 Second User Selected Volume for the Third Product Runof the Third Batch

6

144 Second User Selected Volume for the Third Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

145 Second User Selected Volume for the Third Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

146 Second User Selected Volume for the Third Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

147 Second User Selected Volume for the Fourth ProductRun of the First Batch

6

148 Second User Selected Volume for the Fourth ProductRun of the Second Batch

6

149 Second User Selected Volume for the Fourth ProductRun of the Third Batch

6

150 Second User Selected Volume for the Fourth ProductRun of the Fourth Batch

6

151 Second User Selected Volume for the Fourth ProductRun of the Fifth Batch

6

152 Second User Selected Volume for the Fourth ProductRun of the Sixth Batch

6

153 Third User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe First Batch

6

154 Third User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Second Batch

6

155 Third User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Third Batch

6

Page 83: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 75

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

156 Third User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Fourth Batch

6

157 Third User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Fifth Batch

6

158 Third User Selected Volume for the First Product Run ofthe Sixth Batch

6

159 Third User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the First Batch

6

160 Third User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Second Batch

6

161 Third User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Third Batch

6

162 Third User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

163 Third User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

164 Third User Selected Volume for the Second Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

165 Third User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe First Batch

6

166 Third User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Second Batch

6

167 Third User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Third Batch

6

168 Third User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Fourth Batch

6

169 Third User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Fifth Batch

6

170 Third User Selected Volume for the Third Product Run ofthe Sixth Batch

6

171 Third User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the First Batch

6

172 Third User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Second Batch

6

173 Third User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Third Batch

6

174 Third User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Fourth Batch

6

175 Third User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Fifth Batch

6

Page 84: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

76 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

176 Third User Selected Volume for the Fourth Product Runof the Sixth Batch

6

177 First Product Name, First Batch P180 9

178 Second Product Name, First Batch P180 9

179 Third Product Name, First Batch P180 9

180 Fourth Product Name, First Batch P180 9

181 First Product Name, Second Batch P180 9

182 Second Product Name, Second Batch P180 9

183 Third Product Name, Second Batch P180 9

184 Fourth Product Name, Second Batch P180 9

185 First Product Name, Third Batch P180 9

186 Second Product Name, Third Batch P180 9

187 Third Product Name, Third Batch P180 9

188 Fourth Product Name, Third Batch P180 9

189 First Product Name, Fourth Batch P180 9

190 Second Product Name, Fourth Batch P180 9

191 Third Product Name, Fourth Batch P180 9

192 Fourth Product Name, Fourth Batch P180 9

193 First Product Name, Fifth Batch P180 9

194 Second Product Name, Fifth Batch P180 9

195 Third Product Name, Fifth Batch P180 9

196 Fourth Product Name, Fifth Batch P180 9

197 First Product Name, Sixth Batch P180 9

198 Second Product Name, Sixth Batch P180 9

199 Third Product Name, Sixth Batch P180 9

200 Fourth Product Name, Sixth Batch P180 9

201 Additive Injector #1 Transaction Volume 9

202 Additive Injector #2 Transaction Volume 9

203 Additive Injector #3 Transaction Volume 9

204 Additive Injector #4 Transaction Volume 9

205 Additive Injector #5 Transaction Volume 9

206 Additive Injector #6 Transaction Volume 9

Page 85: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 77

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

207 Additive Injector #7 Transaction Volume 9

208 Transaction Load Average Density, First Product Run 6

209 Transaction Load Average Density, Second Product Run 6

210 Transaction Load Average Density, Third Product Run 6

211 Transaction Load Average Density, Fourth Product Run 6

212 Transaction Volume of the First Product Run, First UserSelected Volume

6

213 Transaction Volume of the Second Product Run, FirstUser Selected Volume

6

214 Transaction Volume of the Third Product Run, First UserSelected Volume

6

215 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Product Run, FirstUser Selected Volume

6

216 Transaction Volume of the First Product Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

217 Transaction Volume of the Second Product Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

218 Transaction Volume of the Third Product Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

219 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Product Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

220 Transaction Volume of the First Product Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6

221 Transaction Volume of the Second Product Run, ThirdUser Selected Volume

6

222 Transaction Volume of the Third Product Run, ThirdUser Selected Volume

6

223 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Product Run, ThirdUser Selected Volume

6

224 Transaction Volume of the First Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6

225 Transaction Volume of the Second Recipe Run, FirstUser Selected Volume

6

226 Transaction Volume of the Third Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6

227 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6

228 Transaction Volume of the Fifth Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6

Page 86: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

78 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

229 Transaction Volume of the Sixth Recipe Run, First UserSelected Volume

6

230 Transaction Volume of the First Recipe Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

231 Transaction Volume of the Second Recipe Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

232 Transaction Volume of the Third Recipe Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

233 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Recipe Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

234 Transaction Volume of the Fifth Recipe Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

235 Transaction Volume of the Sixth Recipe Run, SecondUser Selected Volume

6

236 Transaction Volume of the First Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6

237 Transaction Volume of the Second Recipe Run, ThirdUser Selected Volume

6

238 Transaction Volume of the Third Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6

239 Transaction Volume of the Fourth Recipe Run, ThirdUser Selected Volume

6

240 Transaction Volume of the Fifth Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6

241 Transaction Volume of the Sixth Recipe Run, Third UserSelected Volume

6

242 Product Name of the First Product Run in theTransaction

P180 9

243 Product Name of the Second Product Run in theTransaction

P180 9

244 Product Name of the Third Product Run in theTransaction

P180 9

245 Product Name of the Fourth Product Run in theTransaction

P180 9

246 Prompt Message One S715 20

247 Prompt Message Two S716 20

248 Prompt Message Three S717 20

249 Prompt Message Four S718 20

Page 87: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 79

Entry Description Code Ref C olumns

250 Prompt Message Five S719 20

251 Printer Message Number One S710 20

252 Printer Message Number Two S711 20

253 Printer Message Number Three S712 20

254 Printer Message Number Four S713 20

255 Printer Message Number Five S714 20

256 HM Classification for the First Batch Run R_ _15 60

257 HM Classification for the Second Batch Run R_ _15 60

258 HM Classification for the Third Batch Run R_ _15 60

259 HM Classification for the Fourth Batch Run R_ _15 60

260 HM Classification for the Fifth Batch Run R_ _15 60

261 HM Classification for the Sixth Batch Run R_ _15 60

262 First User Selected Volume Units for Storage S756 5

263 Second User Selected Volume Units for Storage S756 5

264 Third User Selected Volume Units for Storage S756 5

265 Meter Identification S720 20

266 Density Units S445 5

267 Temperature Units S441 1

268 Volume Units S344 3

269 Mass Units S449 3

270 Additive Injector Units S855 3

271 Form Feed 0

272 Recipe Name for the First Recipe Run for theTransaction

R__02 9

273 Recipe Name for the Second Recipe Run for theTransaction

R__02 9

274 Recipe Name for the Third Recipe Run for theTransaction

R__02 9

275 Recipe Name for the Fourth Recipe Run for theTransaction

R__02 9

276 Recipe Name for the Fifth Recipe Run for theTransaction

R__02 9

277 Recipe Name for the Sixth Recipe Run for theTransaction

R__02 9

Page 88: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

80 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

760, 761, 762, 763, 764, 765, 766, - Additive 1 - 7Addresses

These program codes allow the entry of three-digitcommunication addresses to identify each of theseven additives available if a Smart Additive System isbeing used.

760 004 Add1 Address

If piston type injectors are selected, the display willread:

760 Smart Adds Not Used

and no entry will be permitted.

Help Message

Enter a unique communications address to identify thisadditive injector.

Warning

Critical: This additive injector address has alreadybeen used.

Note : The number of Additive Addresses programmed should beentered in Program Code 002.

780 - Number of Prompts

This one digit entry will represent the number ofprompts (up to five) that the AccuLoad II will use whenin the Standby Mode. This code has a range of one tofive.

780 3 Prompts In Use

Note: "0" disables any prompts from being used in the StandbyMode.

Help Message

Enter the number of prompts used in theCommunications Standby Mode.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

781 - Print Transaction

This three digit code allows the operator to have anyof the available transactions stored printed out to thecommunications port that is programmed for thisoperation. (See code 608 for the number oftransactions available. When a transaction is selectedto be printed, the data will be placed on a printerqueue and when the line is free, the transactioninformation will be sent out.)

781 000 Print Trans

Help Message

Select transaction to print by entering # of transactionsback.

Note: When the number selected is higher than the transactionsstored a fatal message will be displayed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry exceeds transactions available.

Note: If a communication line is not selected for printing, the fatalmessage will be displayed.

Fatal: No communication line selected as a printer.

782 - Prompts Printed

This one digit code allows the operator to control theusage of the prompt messages. Standby Blank willenable the use of prompt messages during theStandby Mode only, the prompts will be blank on theprinted report. Standby Print will enable the use ofprompt messages during the Standby Mode only, theprompts will appear on the printed report. Always Printwill enable the use of prompt messages during bothmodes of operation, the prompts will appear on theprinted report.

0 - Standby Blank1 - Standby Print2 - Always Print

782 0 Standby Blank

Help Message

Select prompts; Standby & Printed, Standby NotPrinted or Always Printed.

Page 89: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 81

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

800 - Inputs and Outputs Directory

801 - Additive Injector Stop

This code selects how the additive output will becontrolled and stopped. The additive output can bestopped either at the end of a batch, at the first trippoint, or at a user configurable additive stop volume. Ifstopped at the first trip point or the additive stopvolume the additive output can be configured so thatthe same number of pulses will be output as would beif it they were stopped at the end of the batch,providing for a clean line of product without theadditive at the end of the batch. The option is alsoavailable to shut the additive pulse output down at thefirst trip point or additive stop volume withoutrecalculating the pulse rate.

0 - Stop additive injection at the end of the batch(Injector Option 1).

1 - Stop additive injection at the first trip point ofthe product with no recalculation (InjectorOption 2).

2 - Stop the additive injection at the first trip pointof the product and recalculate the pulse rate(Injector Option 3).

3 - Stop additive injection at the additive injectorstop volume with no recalculation (InjectorOption 4).

4 - Stop additive injection at the additive injectorstop volume and recalculate the pulse rate(Injector Option 4).

801 0 Injector Option 1

Help Message

Select Stopping the Injectors at the End of Batch, (0),First Trip Point with No Recalculation, (1), or First TripPoint with Recalculation, (2), Additive Stop Volumewith No Recalculation (3), or Additive Stop Volumewith Recalculation (4).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

802 - Additive Injector Output

This one digit entry program code will define whetherprogrammed additive injector outputs will be in Raw,Gross, Gross at Standard Temperature or NetTemperature and Pressure Volume Units. If theinjector output is requested in units not currentlyavailable, a warning will be issued.

0 - Raw Injector Units1 - Gross Injector Units (Grs)2 - Gst Injector Units3 - Net Injector Units

802 0 Raw Injectors

Help Message

Select units of additive injector output: Raw, Grs, Gstor Net.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

803 - Manual/Auto A dditive Injector

This code selects how the additive injectors will beselected before the load volume is preset.

0 - For auto selection of the injectors. All theinjectors that are programmed willautomatically pulse when the unit is loading.

1 - For manual selection of the injectors when inthe Standby Mode (automation system isdown).

2 - For manual selection of the injectors for eachtransaction when in the stand-alone mode ofoperation.

3 - For manual selection of the injectors for eachbatch when in the stand-alone mode ofoperation.

803 0 Inj Select Auto

Page 90: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

82 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Select either Manual/Auto Injection if in AutomationStandby Mode.

Warning

Critical : Manual injectors by transaction are notpermitted while multiple recipe transactions areenabled.

Note: This critical message will appear if this code is programmed “1- Multiple Recipes per Transaction” and code 803 is programmed “2 -For manual selection of the injectors for each transaction when in thestand-alone mode of operation”.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

804 - Restart After Valve Power Restored

This code will determine how a restart is initiated aftervalve power is lost and then restored.

0 - Manually after power restored.1 - Automatically after power restored.

804 0 Manual Valve Start

Help Message

Selects how unit will restart when valve power isrestored where ’0’ = Manual, pressing the start key isrequired, 1 = Automatic, no operator action is required.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

805 - Valve Power Sense Permissive Message

This code allows a 20 character entry to prompt theoperator when a valve sense permissive is notsatisfied. The data entry allows the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

805 Permissive Not Met

Help Message

20 character alphanumeric prompt message used forvalve sense.Note: This message should not be programmed as blanks. Ifprogrammed as blanks, when the operator presses ’SET’ the displaywill go blank if this permissive is not met.

806, 810 - Permissive Sense 1 & 2 Select

These codes will select how the AC inputs that areconfigured as permissive inputs are to be used duringany loading operation. Four possible selections areavailable that are dependent on the needs of theoperation:

0 - No Permissive Sense.

1 - Permissive Sense at Transact ion StartOnly. With the Transaction Start Onlyselection, the AccuLoad II will monitor the ACcontact during the preset operation only,displaying the associated message whenrequired.

2 - Permissive Sense Cont inuously. With theContinuous Selection, the AccuLoad II willmonitor the AC contact continuously duringthe transaction and shut down the flow if thecontact loses AC for three seconds. This willnot generate an alarm and flow can resumewhen the AC has been restored. If this occurswhile flow was in progress the AccuLoad II,after shutting down the flow, will flash betweenthe current batches, preset and delivery totals,and the associated permissive sensemessage selected.

3 - Start Permissive Sense. Monitors the ACcontact each time the "START" key ispressed.

4 - Batch Permissive Sense. Monitors the ACcontact during the preset of each batch.

5 - Remote Start (For AC Spare input #4 onlyprogram code 806). With the Remote StartSelection, the hardware jumpers must be inthe proper position for correct operation. When AC is supplied, the AccuLoad II will

Page 91: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 83

respond as though a "START" key had beenpressed.

5 - Remote Stop (For AC Spare input #5 onlyprogram code 810). With the Remote StopSelection, the hardware jumpers must be inthe proper position for correct operation. When AC is applied, the AccuLoad II willrespond as though a "STOP" key had beenpressed.

Note: For option 5 hardware board jumpers are required.

806 0 No Permissive 1

Help Message

Program Code 806.Select spare AC input #1 as: Permissive (Yes/No) orRemote Start.

Program Code 810.Select spare AC input #2 as: Permissive (Yes/No) orRemote Stop.

Warning

Critical: Conflict in use of contacts.

Note: This critical message will be displayed if the programmed inputcontact is being used or programmed to be used for additive injectorfeedback. (code 806 - Input #4, code 810 - Input #5).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

807, 811 - Permissive Sense 1 & 2 Messages Select

These 2 codes allow 20 character entries to promptthe operator when a programmed permissive sense isnot satisfied. The data entry allows the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

807 Connect Truck Ground

Help Message

Program Code 807.20 character alphanumeric prompt message used forspare AC input #1.Program Code 811.20 character alphanumeric prompt message used forspare AC input #2.

808, 812 - Restart After Permissive Sense

These codes will determine how a restart is initiatedafter a permissive sense is lost and then restored.

0 - Manually after permissive sense is restored.1 - Automatically after permissive sense is

restored.

808 1 Auto Perm. 1 Start

Help Message

Selects how the unit will restart when permissive isrestored where 0 = Manual, pressing the start key isrequired, 1 = Automatic, no operator action is required.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

809 - Prompt Message

This code allows a 20 character entry to prompt theoperator during the preset operations if AC power isnot detected on the terminal that is programmed. Thedata entry for Printer Tray Switch allows the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the prompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

809 Please Insert Ticket

Note: This message should not be programmed as blanks. Ifprogrammed as blanks, when AC power is not detected on the trayswitch the AccuLoad II display will be blank.

Page 92: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

84 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Program the message to display if no AC is detectedon ticket tray contact during preset operation whenLocal Tray Switch or Master Reset options areselected in command 301.813 - Additive Feedb ack Alarm Message

This code allows twenty character entries for theAdditive Feedback Alarm message. This message willbe displayed at the end of the batch if program code864 is programmed with a "1" and there is an additivefailure during the batch. The data entry will allow thefollowing characters to be selected as part of theprompt:• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W

X Y Z• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

813 Additive Alarm Mess.

Help Message

Enter a 20 character message that will be displayed atthe end of the batch for an Additive Feedback Alarm.

814 - Additive Injector Stop Volume

This three digit entry allows the operator to select thevolume of product remaining to be delivered when theadditive injectors will be shut down. This code is usedonly in conjunction with Injector Option 4 and 5 of code801. The range of this code is 000 to 999 units ofvolume.

Note: This stop volume is applied to each component in the blend.

814 075 Inj Stop Volume

Help Message

Enter the system remaining volume at which theinjectors should be stopped when stop option 4 or 5 isselected.

840 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 880-889

This code allows the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (880 through 889) will be

allowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 880 through 889 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

840 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 880through 889.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

841, 842, 843, 844, 845, 846, 847 - Additive InjectorFeedback

This program code selects if additive injectors will nothave additive feedback, if the AccuLoad II will becontrolling the additive injector and monitoring forfeedback, or if it will be monitoring for feedback only.

0 - No Injector Feedback.

1 - Injector Feedback/Control. The AccuLoad IIis controlling the rate of injection and knowsthat it should have a feedback signal prior tothe next signal being sent to the injector toinject product. If feedback is not receivedprior to the next signal an error is counted andan alarm will be triggered when the error countreaches the number programmed in code 856.

2 - Injector Feedback Only. The AccuLoad II islooking for feedback only from the injectorsystem. The injector system is being pulsedfrom a source other than the AccuLoad II.When this option is selected the associatedalarm delay must also be programmed. Iffeedback is not received in the timeprogrammed in the associated delay, an erroris counted and an alarm will be triggered whenthe error count reaches the numberprogrammed in code 856.

Page 93: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 85

841 2 Inj1 Feedback Only

Note: If the Additive Feedback Option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

841 Feedback Not Installed

Help Message

Select No Injector Feedback, Feedback and Control,or Feedback Only.

Warning

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Note: This critical message will be displayed if the contacts requiredfor these options are not configured.

Note: This critical message will be displayed if a Smart AdditiveSystem has been selected for use in System program code 041:

Critical: Injector feedback must be zero (0) for use withSmart Additives.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

848 - Injector Units

This code allows a three character entry message toserve as the injector unit identifier of the product. Thedata entry allows the following characters to beselected as part of the injector unit identifier:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

848 Ozs = Injector Units

If a smart additive system has been selected for use,the display will read:

848 Piston Adds Not Used

Help MessageEnter three alphanumeric character injector volumeunit identifier.

849 - Additive Injector Feedb ack Errors

This two digit program code defines the number offeedback errors that may be counted without causingan additive feedback alarm.

849 10 Feedback Errors

Note: If the Additive Feedback option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

849 Feedback Not Inst

If a smart additive system has been selected for use, the display willread*:

849 Piston Adds Not Used

Help Message

Enter the number of feedback errors allowed before an alarm.

850, 851, 852, 853, 854, 855, 856 - Additive InjectorFeedback Delay

This three digit code defines the time, in seconds, thatwill be allowed to pass without feedback before anerror is counted. After the programmed number offeedback errors is exceeded, an alarm will betriggered. The range for this code is 000 to 999seconds.

850 010 Feedback 1 Delay

Note: If the Additive Feedback option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

850 Feedback Not Inst

Note: If the Additive Feedback option is installed but the associatedprogram code 841, 842, 843, 844, 845, 846 or 847 is programmed foreither ’0’ for No Injector Feedback or ’1’ for Injector Feedback withControl, the display will read:

850 Feedback Not Used

Page 94: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

86 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

These codes are only used if the AccuLoad II is notcontrolling the additive injectors but is being used tototalize the additive product.

If a smart additive system has been selected for use,the display will read:

850 Piston Adds Not Used

Help Message

Enter maximum, in seconds, allowed betweenfeedbacks before an alarm.

857 - Additive Feedb ack Alarm Action

This one digit code defines what action will be takenwhen an additive injector feedback failure occurs.

0 - Additive Feedback Alarm with shut-down. 1 - Additive Feedback Alarm message at end of

the batch with no shut-down.

857 0 Add. Alarm & Shut.

Help Message

Select: (0) Additive Feedback Alarm with Shut-down,(1) Additive Feedback Message at the End of Batchwith No Shut-down.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

858 - Additive Totals Units

This program code is used to select the volume unitsin which additive totals will be received from the SmartAdditive Subsystem. Care should be taken to ensurethat the Smart Additive Subsystem is totalizing in thesame units as the AccuLoad. This parameter is notdownloaded to the Smart Injector.

0 - Gallons1 - Liters

858 0 Add Totals Gallons

Note: If a Smart Additive System has not been selected for use, thedisplay will show:

858 Smart Adds Not Used

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Select units of volume for additive totals: (0) Gallonsor (1) Liters.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

900 - Diagnostics Directory

POWER-UP DIAGNOSTICS

The power-up diagnostics tests will be performed bythe AccuLoad II when power is applied. Any failure ofa power-up diagnostic test will cause a diagnosticalarm.

RAM Memory Test - This diagnostic tests the RAMby writing a series of patterns into the RAM and thenreading them back. This ensures that every location inthe RAM may be successfully written to and readback. During the test the following will be displayed:

RAM Test

If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

RAM Test Passed

If the RAM test fails, the following will be displayed:

RAM Failed XXXX

XXXX is the address that failed.

RAM Data Test - This test ensures that the data inthe RAM, when the power was cycled, was retained. Ifthe display shows bad data retention, all programmingparameters must be checked for data integrity. Duringthe test the following will be displayed:

Page 95: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 87

Data Test

If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

Data Retention Good

If the RAM test fails, the following will be displayed:

Data Retention Bad

ROM Memory Test - This diagnostic will test theROM by calculating a Cyclical Redundancy Checksum(CRC) and comparing it with the checksum stored inthe PROM at the factory. If these do not match, aROM failure is detected. The location of the failure willbe displayed in the Alarm Display program code.During the test the following will be displayed:

ROM Uxx Test

xx is the Prom identifier.

If the ROM test is passed, the following will bedisplayed:

ROM Uxx Good

If the ROM test fails, the following will be displayed:

ROM Uxx Error

When the power-up diagnostics have been completed,the left-hand display will read:

Restoring Data 1:13:29

The right-hand display will read:

Please Standby

When the data has been restored, the display willreturn to the point where the power failure wasdetected.

KEYPAD SELECTABLE DIAGNOSTICS

These diagnostics may be selected by the operatorthrough the keypad. Each diagnostic tests a specificfunction of the AccuLoad II.

Running diagnostics on a meter position requires thatthe other meter position be in the Ready or ProgramMode. While one meter is running diagnostics, theother meter position is locked out.

901 - Display Test

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the display by cycling allpossible display characters to the display. The test willrun continuously with each display lasting 1-2seconds. The test may be terminated by pressing‘CLEAR’ on the keypad.

1. To select this test, enter program code 901:

901 Display Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

000000000000000000000000

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help MessageThis diagnostic tests the display by cycling all possiblecharacters.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

902 - Keypad Test

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of thekeypad. When a key is pressed on the keypad, thecorresponding digit will appear on the right side of thedisplay. Press ‘CLEAR’ twice to terminate the test.

1. To select this test, enter program code 902:

902 Keypad Test

Page 96: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

88 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test. Any key that ispressed will cause a digit to be displayed in theright position of the display, e.g., press "1":

902 Keypad Test One

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ twice to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests the keypad by displaying eachkey that is pressed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

903 - RTD Test

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the A/Dvalue read from the RTD (Resistance TemperatureDetector) channel. The reading is displayed in theunits selected in the temperature units program code.Temperature is displayed in tenths with limits of -100.0degrees C to +300.0 degrees C.

1. To select this test, enter program code 903:

903 RTD Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test:

903 RTD Test xxx.x*N

xxx.x is the current temperature as detected by theRTD and N is the temperature units selected, C or F.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the measured temperature from the RTD inputchannel.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

904 - 4-20 mA Channel 1 Test (Pressure Input

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the 4-20milliamp value read from the pressure probe. The 4-20mA value is in hundredths, ranging from 0.00 to 19.99mA.

1. To select this test, enter program code 904:

904 4-20 Channel 1 Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test:

904 4-20 Ch #1 xx.xx mA

xx.xx is the current reading on the pressure probe.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the measured current from the 4-20 mA inputchannel #1.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

905 - 4-20 mA Channel 2 Test (Density/Temp Input

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the 4-20milliamp value read from the density or temperaturetransducer. The 4-20 mA value is in hundredths,ranging from 0.00 to 19.99 mA.

1. To select this test, enter program code 905:

905 4-20 Channel 2 Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

905 4-20 Ch #2 xx.xx mA

xx.xx is the current reading from the density ortemperature transducer.

Page 97: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 89

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the measured current from the 4-20 mA inputchannel #2.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

906 - Internal Temperature Test

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the integrity of the A/Dvalue read from the internal temperature channel. Thisis the temperature inside the AccuLoad II housing.When this temperature gets too high, reliableoperation cannot be ensured. The reading is displayedin degrees Celsius.

1. To select this test, enter program code 906:

906 Internal Temperature

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test:

906 Internal Tmp xxx.x*C

xxx.x is the current internal temperature.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the measured temperature inside the AccuLoadII housing.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

907 - Power S upply Test

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This test checks the five volt powersupply on the AccuLoad II. The display reading shouldhover around five volts.

1. To select this test, enter program code 907:

907 Power Supply Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test:

907 Power Supply x.xx v

x.xx is the current voltage.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the voltage level of the current power supply tothe AccuLoad II.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

908 - CRC Firmware Version

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry shows the CRC (CyclicRedundancy Checksum) value generated at the timeof production for PROMs UXX, UXX etc.

1. To select this test, enter program code 908:

908 SQR-00

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

908 CRC Display Uxx yyyy

xx is the PROM designation and yyyy is the CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Checksum).

After 1-2 seconds, the CRC of the next PROM will bedisplayed.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the factory set CRCs of the PROMs installed.

Page 98: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

90 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

909 - Acc uLoad II Model Number

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry shows the model number ofthe AccuLoad II.

1. To select this test, enter program code 909:

909 ACCULOAD II MODEL #

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

AL-II-AA-B-CCC-DDD-EEE

Where:

AA = Housing Type (?? will be displayed)

B = Hardware option (? will be displayed)CCC = Computer board software optionDDD = Control Module software optionEEE = Control Module variations

ALII-??-?-SQR-STD-223

Note: The AccuLoad II Control Module variations selection (EEE) willbe a three digit number from 000 to 255 where all combinations of theavailable options may be represented by adding together the codenumbers of the desired options.

Code Option Selected

1 High-speed Proving2 Temperature4 Pressure8 Density16 Additive Monitoring32 Single Meter Preset64 Dual Pulse128 EIA-485 Communications

Help Message

This is the main model number for the AccuLoad II.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

910 - ACM Model Number

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry shows the model number ofthe ACM Module.

1. To select this test, enter program code 910:

910 ACM MODEL NUMBER

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

ACM-CCC-DDD-EEE-FFFF

Where:

CCC = Computer board software option DDD = Control Module software option EEE = Control Module variationsFFFF = Software security code

ACM-SQR-STD-223-9999

Note: The AccuLoad II Control Module variations selection (EEE) willbe a three digit number from 000 to 255 where all combinations of theavailable options may be represented by adding together the codenumbers of the desired options.

Code Option Selected

1 High-speed Proving2 Temperature4 Pressure8 Density16 Additive Monitoring32 Single Meter Preset64 Dual Pulse128 EIA-485 Communications

Help Message

This is the AccuLoad II control model number.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

Page 99: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 91

911 - System Messages

This diagnostic can be performed without opening theAccuLoad II. This entry cycles through all messagesthat can be displayed by the AccuLoad.

1. To select this test, enter code 911:

911 System Messages

2. Press ’ENTER’ to begin scrolling through themessages. Each time the ’ENTER’ key is presseda new message will be displayed.

Product Delivery

3. Press ’CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Displays all messages defined in the system.

912 - Calibration Event Counter

This diagnostic displays the non-resettable eventcounter that is incremented each time the programmode is accessed and at least one program code thatis under weights and measures protection is changed. Weights and Measures program codes are codes X40through X79. If code X40 is selected as weights andmeasures, codes X80 through X89 will be weights andmeasures. This event counter will also beincremented each time a program code under weightsand measures protection is changed throughcommunications. Note: Program codes changed throughcommunications within one minute of each other will be counted asone event.

912 Calib Events = 0000

Help Message

This diagnostic displays the number of times programmode has been entered to alter a weights andmeasures program code.

913 - Conf iguration Event Counter

This diagnostic displays the non-resettable eventcounter that is incremented each time the programmodes is accessed and at least one program code

that is under high security protection is changed. Highsecurity codes are codes X90 through X99 and allcodes that are in the Configuration Directory.

913 Config Events = 0000

Help Message

This diagnostic displays the number of times programmode has been entered to alter a high-securityprogram mode.

940 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 980-989

This code allows the operator to select whether thediagnostics (980 through 989) will be accessible underthe Program Mode or the Weights and Measuresmode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 980 through 989 block ofdiagnostics and to satisfy the Weights and Measuresmode protection entry criteria, the following optionsare available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

940 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 980through 989.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

KEYPAD SELECTABLE DIAGNOSTICS USINGTEST EQUIPMENT

The following diagnostics may require opening theAccuLoad II to gain access to the terminal strips tomake voltage checks or to add jumpers. Whenever adiagnostic calls for alteration of the wiring or the use oftest equipment, it must be done in a non-hazardousenvironment.

Page 100: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

92 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Running diagnostics on a meter position requires thatthe other meter position be in the Ready or ProgramMode. While one meter is running diagnostics, theother meter position is locked out.

941 - Comm unication Test - EIA- 232 - No EchoBack

This diagnostic requires the AccuLoad II to be openedand jumpers installed. This tests the EIA-232 channelthree-wire communications. This test will verify thereceive and transmit capability of the AccuLoad II. Inthis test, hexadecimal codes will be transmitted incontinuous sequence from "00" to "7F". The displayshows the hexadecimal code transmitted and thehexadecimal code received. If there is a failure (that is,the code received does not match the codetransmitted), the failed hexadecimal code will continueto be transmitted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 941:

941 RS-232 No Echo Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

941 RS-232 Txx Ryy Ca Rb

xx is the hexadecimal code for the transmittedcharacter

yy is the hexadecimal code for the receivedcharacter

a is the Clear to send (CTS) signal

b is the Request to send (RTS) signal

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests the RS-232 channel hardware.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

942 - Comm unication Test - EIA- 232 - With Echo

This diagnostic test does not require the AccuLoad IIto be opened. This test is used for EIA-232 channelthree-wire communications. This test will verify thecommunications between the AccuLoad II and thecommunicating device. When a character is received,that same character will be transmitted to thecommunicating device. The information displayed bythe AccuLoad II will be in hexadecimal code. Theinformation will be echoed back from the AccuLoad IIand will print in ASCII characters.

Requirements for this test are as follows:

1. EIA-232 communications must be installed.

2. The baud rate of the AccuLoad II and thecommunicating device must be the same.

3. The AccuLoad II display shows the transmittedinformation and it will appear on the right of thescreen. If errors appear on either device, do the NoEcho Communications test (941) to determine ifthe problem is in the AccuLoad II or thecommunicating device.

1. To select this test, enter program code 942:

942 RS-232 Com Echo Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

942 RS-232 Com Echo xx

xx is the hexadecimal code of the characterreceived. As more characters are received, thedisplay will be shifted to the left to make room foreach of the new characters to be displayed.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

This echo back diagnostic tests communicationsbetween RS-232 devices.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

Page 101: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 93

943 - Comm unication Test - EIA- 485 - No EchoBack

This diagnostic requires the AccuLoad II to be openedand jumpers installed. This tests the EIA-485 channelfour-wire communications. This test will verify thereceive and transmit capability of the AccuLoad II. Inthis test, hexadecimal codes will be transmitted incontinuous sequence from "00" to "7F". The displayshows the hexadecimal code transmitted and thehexadecimal code received. If there is a failure (thatis, the character received does not match thecharacter transmitted), the failed hexadecimal codewill continue to be transmitted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 943:

943 RS-485 No Echo Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

943 RS-485 Txx Ryy

xx is the hexadecimal code for the transmittedcharacter

yy is the hexadecimal code for the receivedcharacter

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests the RS-485 channel hardware.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

944 - Comm unication Test - EIA- 485 - With Echo

This diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II to beopened. This tests the EIA-485 channel four-wirecommunications. This test will verify thecommunication link between the AccuLoad II and thecommunicating device. When a character is received,that same character will be transmitted back to thecommunicating device. The information displayed bythe AccuLoad II will be in hexadecimal code. The

information will be echoed back from the AccuLoad IIand will print in ASCII characters.

Requirements for this test are as follows:

1. EIA-485 communications must be installed.

2. The baud rate of the AccuLoad II and thecommunicating device must be the same.

3. The AccuLoad II display shows the transmittedinformation and it will appear on the right of thescreen and move from right to left. If errors appearon either device, do the No Echo Communicationstest (943) to determine if the problem is in theAccuLoad II or the communicating device.

1. To select this test, enter program code 944:

944 RS-485 Com Echo Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

944 RS-485 Com Echo xx

xx is the hexadecimal code of the characterreceived

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

This echo back diagnostic tests communicationsbetween RS-485 devices.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

945 - Meter Pulse Test (S ingle Channel X1)

This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input. To set upfor this test, transmitter type must be Single Channel +Inverted (Channel A and its inverse A bar). Input pulsetype must be active with input pulses times one. Theup pulses will be counted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 945:

945 Sngl CH-INV-1X-ACT-U

Page 102: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

94 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

945 M00000 P00000 C00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.C00000 = Pulse collision error counter.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Set channel & input & doubler type & count the up,DPC & collision inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

946 - Meter Pulse Test (S ingle Channel X2)

This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input. To set upfor this test, transmitter type must be Single Channel +Inverted (Channel A and its inverse A bar). Input pulsetype must be active with input pulses times two. Theup pulses will be counted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 946:

946 Sngl CH-INV-2X-ACT-U

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

946 M00000 P00000 C00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.C00000 = Pulse collision error counter.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Set channel & input & doubler type & count the up,DPC & collision inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

947 - Meter Pulse Test - (Dual Channel X1)

This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input. To set upfor this test, transmitter type must be Dual Channel +Inverted (Channel A and B and their inverse A bar andB bar). Input pulse type must be active with inputpulses times one. The up pulses will be counted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 947:

947 Dual CH-INV-1X-ACT-U

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

947 M00000 P00000 C00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.C00000 = Pulse collision error counter.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Set channel & input & doubler type & count the up,DPC & collision inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

948 - Meter Pulse Test (Dual Channel X1)

This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input. To set upfor this test, transmitter type must be Dual Channel +Inverted (Channel A and B and their inverse A bar andB bar). Input pulse type must be contact with inputpulses times one. The up pulses will be counted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 948:

948 Dual CH-INV-1X-Cta-U

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

948 M00000 P00000 C00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.

Page 103: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 95

C00000 = Pulse collision error counter.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Set channel & input & doubler type & count the up,DPC & collision inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

949 - Meter Pulse Test - (Dual Channel X2)

This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input. To set upfor this test, transmitter type must be Dual Channel +Inverted (Channel A and B and their inverse A bar andB bar). Input pulse type must be active with inputpulses times two. The up pulses will be counted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 949:

949 Dual CH-INV-2X-ACT-U

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

949 M00000 P00000 C00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.C00000 = Pulse collision error counter.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Set channel & input & doubler type & count the up,DPC & collision inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

950 - Meter Pulse Test (Dual Channel X1)

This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input. To set upfor this test, transmitter type must be Dual Channel +Inverted (Channel A and B and their inverses A bar

and B bar). Input pulse type must be active with inputpulses times one. The up pulses will be counted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 950:

950 Dual CH-INV-1X-ACT-U

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

950 M00000 P00000 C00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.C00000 = Pulse collision error counter.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Set channel & input & doubler type & count the up,DPC & collision inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

951 - Meter Pulse Test (Dual Channel X1)

This diagnostic verifies meter pulse input. To set upfor this test, transmitter type must be Dual Channel +Inverted (Channel A and B and there inverse A barand B bar). Input pulse type must be active with inputpulses times one. The down pulses will be counted.

1. To select this test, enter program code 951:

951 Dual CH-INV-1X-ACT-D

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

951 M00000 P00000 C00000

M00000 = Meter pulse counter.P00000 = Pulse security error counter.C00000 = Pulse collision error counter.

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Page 104: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

96 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Set channel & input & doubler type & count the up,DPC & collision inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

952 - Contact Input Test

This diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II to beopened. This test will verify that the AccuLoad IIsenses a change (on/off) in the state of the inputs. Theinputs that will be monitored are listed below.

1. To select this test, enter program code 952:

952 Contact Input Test

2. "Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

952 JxPxWxTxVxHxFxRxYxZx

X is the state (0=on, 1=off) of the contact input.J = Terminal point 9-10P = Program Mode contactW = Weights & MeasuresT = AC Input #3V = AC Input #2H = AC Input #1F = DC InputR = AC Input #6Y = AC Input #4Z = AC Input #5

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

View the on/off state of the contact inputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

953 - High-speed Prover

This diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II to beopened. This tests the High-speed Prover bycomparing the feedback from the prover with thepulses received. A factor of 1.25 is programmed intothe High-speed Prover for this test.

Note: During this test, pulses will be generated at the high speedprover output.

1. To select this test, enter program code 953:

953 High-speed Prover

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

Prove Int xx Count yyyyy

Where:

xx is the total of input pulses times 1.25

yyyyy is the High-speed Prover feedback dividedby 256

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

Test the prover; compare feedback with input pulsestimes the factor.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

954 - Ticket Print 1 Test

This diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II to beopened. This test outputs 1,000 pulses at a frequencyof 50 Hz to the ticket printer output terminals 9, 10preset position 1 and 57, 58 preset position 2). Oncompletion of the test, the display will read "TicketPrinter Test Done".

1. To select this test, enter program code 954:

954 Ticket Print 1 Test

Page 105: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 97

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

954 Test in progress

3. When the test has run to completion, the followingwill be displayed:

Ticket Printer Test Done

4. After the test has completed, press ‘CLEAR’ to exitthe test.

Help Message

This diagnostic outputs 1000 pulses at 50 Hz to theticket printer.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

955 - Ticket Print 2 Test

This diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II to beopened. This test outputs 1,000 pulses at a frequencyof 50 Hz. to the ticket printer output terminals (12, 13,preset position 1 w/ Quad OPV, 16, 17 preset position2 w/Quad OPV). On completion of the test, thedisplay will read: "Ticket Printer Test Done".

Note: Requires Quad OPV Hardware option to be installed.

1. To select this test, enter program code 955:

955 Ticket Print 2 Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

955 Test in Progress

3. When the test has run to completion, the followingwill be displayed:

Ticket Printer Test Done

4. After the test has completed, press ‘CLEAR’ to exitthe test.

Help Message

This diagnostic outputs 1000 pulses at 50 Hz. to theticket printer.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

956 - Clear Local Storage

This diagnostic clears the transactions that have beensaved while in the Standby Mode. This diagnostic isequivalent to the "Clear Transactions" communicationscommand.

1. To select this code, enter program code 956:

956 Clear Local Storage

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to clear local storage.

Local Storage Reset

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic clears the local storage area.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

957 - Contact Output

This diagnostic does not require the AccuLoad II to beopened. This diagnostic allows the operator to viewthe on/off state of the relay outputs.

1. To select this test, enter program code 957:

957 Contact Output Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to view the state of the relay.

>Ix Ix Ix Ix Ux Dx Px Ax

Page 106: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

98 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Where:

I = Relay #1I = Relay #2I = Relay #3I = Relay #4U = Upstream RelayD = Downstream RelayP = Pump RelayA = Relay #5

X = 0 State of the relay is off 1 State of the relay is on

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate viewing the relaystates.

Help Message

View the on/off state of the contact outputs.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

958 - Clear Conf igurable Report

This diagnostic clears the configurable report that hadbeen programmed. This can also be done at theprogram code where the configurable report is defined(each piece of information is cleared individually), thisdiagnostic simplifies the process.

Note: This report can also be cleared through the "CC"communications command.

1. To select this code, enter program code 964.

958 Clear Config Report

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to clear the report.

Config Report Cleared

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to exit.

Help Message

This diagnostic clears the configurable report.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

HIGH SECURITY DIAGNOSTICS

The following diagnostics may require opening theAccuLoad II to gain access to the terminal strips tomake voltage checks or to add jumpers and so on.Whenever a diagnostic calls for alteration of the wiringor the use of test equipment, it must be done in a non-hazardous environment.

Running diagnostics on a meter position requires thatthe other meter position be in the Ready or ProgramMode. While one meter is running diagnostics, theother meter position is locked out.

Diagnostics can be accessed in the following manner:

1. AccuLoad II must be in the Program Mode.

2. Jumper TP9 to TP10 on the computer displayboard.

3. Select the diagnostics directory.

4. Enter the program code number of the diagnosticdesired, then press ‘ENTER’.

Full descriptions of each of the diagnostics areincluded.

991 - Relay Test

Before performing this test, if the AccuLoad II iscontrolling the system, the upstream and downstreammanual shutoff valves should be closed to avoidpossible product spills as all the relays are testedincluding the up and downstream solenoids and pump(if used).

This test will turn on each of the permissives, firstindividually, and then all permissives simultaneously.

1. To select this test, enter program code 991:

991 Relay Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test. The cycle nowbegins:

Page 107: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 99

991 Test in progress

3. Press ‘CLEAR’ to terminate the test.

Help Message

This diagnostic alternately closes and opens allcontact output relays.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

992 - RAM Test

This diagnostic tests the RAM and then zeroes theRAM. This diagnostic always runs on both meters.

1. To select this test, enter program code 992:

992 RAM Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test. If the RAM test issuccessful, the AccuLoad II will go to the ReadyMode.

Unleaded Ready 9:00:08

Where:

Unleaded Ready

is a programmable message on the left-hand display.

3. The RAM test will display the following whilecycling:

Low Line Voltage

Hardware Reset Occurred

RAM Test

RAM Test Passed

"OR"

RAM Test Failed

Data Test

Data Retention Good

"OR"

Data Retention Bad

ROM U08 Test

ROM U08 Good

"OR"

ROM U08 Bad

ROM U09 Test

ROM U09 Good

"OR"

ROM U09 Bad

ROM U11 Test

ROM U11 Good

"OR"

ROM U11 Bad

Restoring Data 9:36:12

Unleaded Ready 9:36:20

Page 108: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

100 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

The right-hand display will read:

Please Standby

while the test is being run.

Help Message

This tests RAM by writing patterns & reading back forintegrity.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

993 - Power-up Dia gnostics

This test performs the same diagnostics as on power-up. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the series of tests. Oncompletion of the test, the AccuLoad II will go to theReady Mode.

1. To select this test, enter program code 993:

993 Power-up diagnostics

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

RAM Memory Test - This diagnostic tests the RAMby writing a series of patterns into the RAM and thenreading them back. This ensures that every location inthe RAM may be successfully written to and readback.

RAM Test

3. If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

RAM Test Passed

4. If the RAM test fails, the following will be displayed:

RAM Failed XXXX

XXXX is the address that failed.

5. RAM Data Test - This test ensures that the data inthe RAM, when the power was cycled, wasretained. If the display shows bad data retention,all programming parameters must be checked fordata integrity.

RAM Data Test

6. If the RAM test is successful, the following will bedisplayed:

Data Retention Good

7. If the RAM test fails, the following will be displayed:

Data Retention Bad

8. ROM Memory Test - This diagnostic will test theROM by calculating a Cyclical RedundancyChecksum (CRC) and comparing it with thechecksum stored in the PROM at the factory. Ifthese do not match, a ROM failure is detected. Thelocation of the failure will be displayed in the alarmdisplay program code.

ROM Uxx

xx is the PROM identifier.

9. If the ROM test fails, the following will bedisplayed:

ROM Uxx Error

10. After these tests run to completion, the AccuLoad II will restore the data to the unit and return to the Ready Mode.

Help Message

This diagnostic tests memory by running all of thepower-up diagnostics.

Page 109: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 101

994 - Zero Non-Resettable Totals

This diagnostic will zero all of the non-resettable totalsthe AccuLoad II maintains.

1. To select this test, enter program code 994:

994 Invalid Program Code

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

994 Totals Reset

Help Message

This diagnostic zeroes all non-resettable totals.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

995 - Initialize

This test zeroes all RAM and EEPROM variables. Allprogram entries will be set to the default state. Whenthe test is completed, the display will sequencethrough the power-up diagnostics and return to theReady Mode.

This diagnostic will always run on both meters. When‘ENTER’ is pressed to begin the diagnostic, allprogram entries for both meter positions will be set tothe default state.

1. To select this test, enter program code 995:

995 Invalid Program Code

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

Initialize

The test will run through the power-up diagnostics andthen will return to the Ready Mode.

Help Message

This diagnostic will initialize all data kept in RAM &EEPROM.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: The other meter position must be in the Readyor Program Mode.

996 - Watchdog Diagnostic

This test ensures that the Watchdog Internal Checkfeature is working properly. The Watchdog will betested to see if it will reset the system if ignored for asufficient period. While waiting for the Watchdog toreset, the display will be updated showing the length oftime (in seconds) since the test began.

This diagnostic will always run on both meterpositions. When the test is completed, the display willsequence through the power-up diagnostics and returnto the Ready Mode.

1. To select this test, enter code 996:

996 Watchdog Diagnostic

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to begin the test.

Preset position #1:

Watchdog Diagnostic

Preset position #2:

Wait for reset x.xx sec

x.xx is the amount of time since the test began.

3. The test will run to completion through the power-up diagnostics and then will return to the ReadyMode.

Unleaded Ready 7:48:51

Help Message

This internal check feature test should cause a resetwithin 2 seconds.

Page 110: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 2 - System Directory

102 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

997 - Relay Select Test

This diagnostic tests the output relays and verifies thatthe AccuLoad II output relays change state (ON,OFF). This test allows the operator to select the relaysthat are to be tested.

1. To select this test, enter program code 997:

997 Relay Select Test

2. Press ‘ENTER’ to select the test

ALL OFFI0I0I0I0U0D0P0A0

3. Press the number or numbers of the relay that is tobe tested 997 (i.e., 1, 2): After the "1" is pressed,the display will read:

INT2 ONI1I1I0I0U0D0P0A0

4. Press ‘ENTER’ to test the relay or relays.

Help Message

This test allows for turning each relay contact ON/OFFby pressing the corresponding numeric key value:

0 - ALL OFF1 - Relay #12 - Relay #23 - Relay #34 - Relay #45 - UPSTREAM6 - DOWNSTREAM7 - PUMP8 - Relay #59 - ALL ON

Page 111: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 103

100 - General Purpose Directory

140 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 180-189

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (180 through 189) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 180 through 189 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

140 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 180through 189.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

141 - Product Selection

This code is used to select if this product is being usedby the system for any of the recipes that areprogrammed.

0 - Product In Use1 - Product Not In Use

141 0 Product In Use

Help Message

Select whether or not this product will be used.

If an attempt is made to take this product out ofservice while there are recipes programmed using thisproduct the following critical message will scroll acrossthe display:

Critical: This product has been selected for use in arecipe.

If this message is overridden by pressing ’ENTER’ andthe recipe or recipes are not corrected, the AccuLoadII will display:

P1 DA: Program Error 141

when in the Ready Mode.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

180 - Product M essage Select

This code will allow a nine character entry message toaccompany the "Ready" display and serve as a meteror product identifier. The data entry will allow thefollowing characters to be selected as part of theprompt:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

180 Regular = Prod Msg

Help Message

Alphanumeric product identifier displayed in the ReadyMode.

200 - Flow Control Directory

201 - Excess Flow Rate

Commonly required on LPG loading systems, this twodigit entry sets the maximum percentage by which theflow rate can exceed the high flow rate entry withoutalarming. This two digit entry must be greater than theFlow Tolerance Entry (program code 208), exceptwhen a value of zero is entered to disable excess highflow alarm checking. The excess rate is entered as apercentage of the first high flow rate.

201 15% Excess Flow

Note: A ’00’ entry disables the excess high flow alarm.

Page 112: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

104 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Enter the highest flow rate allowed in % above theHigh Flow Rate.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will disable this High FlowAlarm feature.

Warning: Entry is less than or equal to the FlowTolerance Entry.

202 - Minimum Flow Rate

This three digit entry defines the lowest programmed(final stage) flow rate.

202 100 Min Flow Rate

Help Message

Enter the Minimum Flow Rate for Digital Valve Controloperation.

203 - Block Valve Type

This one digit entry defines the type of block valve thatwill be used for product selection. There are twotypes: hydraulic and electric.

0 - Hydraulic Block Valve such as Smith 200series (Valve is dependent on systemhydraulics for opening and closing.)

1 - Electric Block Valve such as Smith 220 series(Valve opening and closing is independent ofsystem hydraulics.)

203 1 Elect Block Valve

Help Message

Select the type of block valve operation used:Hydraulic or Electrical.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

204 - First H igh Flow Rate

This code sets the high flow rate at which the valve willbe controlled. The range of this entry is 0000 to 9999flow units. This four digit program code defines for the:

Digital Valve - The normal maximum flow rate duringloading being controlled by AccuLoad II.

Two-stage - This value, in combination with theexcess high flow value, determines the point at whicha high flow alarm is triggered.

204 0600 High Flow Rate

Help Message

Enter the First High Flow Rate for Digital Valve controloperation.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will not allow the valve to openat start.

205 - Flow Tol erance

This one digit entry designates the percentage of firsthigh flow rate that any preprogrammed flow rate ispermitted to vary from its programmed value without avalve correction signal from the AccuLoad II.

205 9% Flow Tolerance

Example

First high flow rate programmed at 600 GPMFlow Tolerance 9%.

All flow rates can vary 54 GPM (600 GPM X 9% = 54GPM) without a valve correction signal from theAccuLoad II.

Help Message

Enter desired Flow Rate Tolerance in % of 1st HighFlow Rate.

206 - Second High Flow Rate

This four digit entry defines a Second High Flow Ratewhich is selectable by an AC contact input. This

Page 113: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 105

program code is not used when a two-stage valve hasbeen selected. The range of this entry is 0001 to 9999flow units. If zero "0000" is entered, Second High Flowis disabled. This flow rate would be typically selectedfor smaller trucks.

206 0400 2nd High Flow

Note: "0000" disables the Second High Flow Rate.

Help Message

Enter the Second High Flow Rate for Digital ValveControl operation.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will not allow the Valve to Openat Start.

Note: This warning message only applies to the operation of the unitif the 1st/2nd high flow input is configured and input is in 2nd high flowposition.

Critical: This option is not currently configured.

Note: This critical message indicates that the 1st/2nd high flow inputis not configured. To configure an input for 1st/2nd high flow seecodes 10 through 15 of Systems Directory.

207 - First Trip V olume

This four digit entry designates the preset volumeremaining on the line when flow slow-down begins.This program code is for both digital and two-stagevalves. The range of this entry is 0000 to 9999 units.

207 0040 1st Trip Point

Help Message

Enter the preset volume remaining before flow slow-down occurs.

208 - Final (Second) Trip Volume

This three digit entry defines the preset volume (intenth of volume units) remaining at the final valveclosure signal for the line.

208 01.5 2nd Trip Point

Help Message

Enter the preset volume remaining before valveclosure occurs.

209 - Final (Second) Trip Auto Adjust

This one digit entry defines the number of batches thatare to be included in the average used to calculate thefinal trip adjustment. The range for this code is 1 to 9.

Note: The batch volumes must be above the 1st trip volume.

209 3 Auto Adjust Engage

After the automatic adjustment has been completed,this code will then read:

209 3 Auto Adjust Done

Note: "0" disables this Final Trip Auto Adjust.

If using the Auto Adjust to adjust the final stage trippoint, program code 208 should be set to 00.0 for bestresults.

If for some reason the system parameters change andthe final trip point needs adjusted, the operator mustget into the Program Mode and reset this code toagain automatically adjust the final stage trip point.

Help Message

Enter amount of batches to average for Auto 2nd TripValve adjustment.

210 - Low Flow Rate Al arm Limit

This three digit entry defines the set point in units perminute for the Low Flow Alarm. The Low Flow Alarmwill be triggered whenever a flow rate is equal to orlower than the limit set and is maintained for eightseconds. The Low Flow Alarm is not triggered incases where there is no flow. The range of this entry is001 to 999 flow units.

210 100 Low Flow Limit

Note: "000" disables the Low Flow Alarm Limit.

Page 114: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

106 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Enter the minimum flow rate allowed without a LowFlow Alarm.

Warning

Warning: A zero entry will disable this Low Flow Alarmfeature.

211 - Block Valve Delay to Close

This two digit program code allows setting of a timedelay (in seconds) for the closing of the product blockvalve after the product has been delivered. If BlockValve Security is programmed and the valve does notclose within the programmed delay, a block valvealarm will be triggered. The range of the entry is 01 to99 seconds. For example, if the block valve delayentry were set to 05 seconds once the delivery wascompleted, the AccuLoad would allow 5 seconds forthe block valve to close then an alarm would betriggered. If Block Valve Security is not used, theAccuLoad assumes that the valve has closed after theprogrammed delay.

211 05 Block Delay Close

Help Message

Enter delay time in seconds to close the block valveafter delivery.

Critical Message

Critical: Zero time value is not allowed unless BlockValve Security is installed.

Note: If Block Valve Security is programmed and zero is entered fordelay to close, the AccuLoad II will automatically set the delay toclose to 99 seconds and monitor the valve until it is closed. If thevalve does not close in 99 seconds, an alarm will be triggered.

212 - Block Valve Delay to Open

This two digit code allows the setting of a time delay(in seconds) for the opening of the product block valveprior to the delivery of the product. If Block ValveSecurity is programmed (Product Directory code 241)and the valve does not open within the programmeddelay, a block valve alarm will be triggered. The rangeof this entry is 01 to 99 seconds. For example, if theBlock Valve Delay to Open entry is set to 05 seconds,the AccuLoad would allow 5 seconds for the blockvalve to open or else an alarm would be triggered if

the valve had not been opened. If Block ValveSecurity is not used, the AccuLoad assumes that thevalve has opened after the programmed delay.

212 05 Block Delay Open

Help Message

Enter delay time in seconds to open the block valveafter start.

Critical Message

Critical: Zero time value is not allowed unless BlockValve Security is installed.

Note: If Block Valve Security is programmed and a zero is enteredfor delay to open, the AccuLoad II will automatically set the delay toopen to 99 seconds and monitor the valve until it is opened. Then theflow is initiated. If the valve does not open in 99 seconds an alarmwould be triggered.

240 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 280-289

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (280 through 289) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 280 through 289 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

240 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 280through 289.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

241 - Block Valve Security

This one digit entry specifies whether Block ValveSecurity is to be used. This option is intended for use

Page 115: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 107

with a valve containing a contact output whichprovides an open or closed indication.

Note: Without Block Valve Security, the AccuLoad II cannot ensurethat the product valve(s) opened or closed as commanded.

0 - No Block Valve Security1 - Yes Block Valve Security

241 1 Blk Valve Sec Yes

Help Message

Select Block Valve Security using block valvefeedback configured.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

300 - Volume Accuracy Directory

301 - Minimum Batch Volume

This five digit entry will allow for the setting of theminimum batch size for this product. The range of thisentry will be 00001 - 99999 units. An error message,"The minimum preset for this recipe is *. Press clearto continue", will be displayed. Any attempt to start abatch with a product volume less than the minimumbatch size for that product will not be allowed.

Note: * indicates the summation of all the minimum batches of thecomponents of the recipe.

301 00050 Minimum Batch

Note: "00000" disables the Minimum Preset Volume.

Help Message

Enter a minimum batch amount allowed for thisproduct.

340 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 380-389

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (380 through 389) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 380 through 389 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

340 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 380through 389.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

341, 343, 345, 347 - Flow Rates

These four digit entries are the flow rates at which themeter factors (codes 342, 344, 346, 348) are definedbeginning with the highest flow rate in program code341 and descending to the lowest flow rate in programcode 347. If only one meter factor is used, programcode 341 or 343 must be set at "0000". The range ofthese entries are 0001 to 9999 flow units.

341 0500 Flow Rate 1

Help Message

Enter the flow rate corresponding to meter factor.

342, 344, 346, 348 - Meter Factors

These five digit entries are the meter factors for theflow rates set in codes 341, 343, 345, and 347.

The formula for meter factor is:

If only a single meter factor is used, it must be put intoprogram code 342. The flow rate selected in programcode 341 or 343 must be set to "0000". Under theseconditions any other meter factors programmed will beignored. The range of these entries are 0.0001 to9.9999.

MF = (Act. Vol)(Cur. Vol)(Input Resol.)

Input Pulses

Page 116: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

108 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

342 1.0012 Meter Fac 1

Note: A zero entry in meter factor 1 will be considered an invalidentry. Zero entries in the remaining factors will result in that factor andsubsequent factors not to be used. (e.g., if a zero entry is made forfactor 3, factors 3 and 4 will not be used.)

Help Message

Meter Fac = Actual Vol x Current Fac x InputResolution/Input Pulses.

Warning

Critical: Adjacent meter factors must be within LinFactor Deviation.

Critical: Each meter factor must be within 2% ofmaster meter factor.

Fatal Warning (For Meter Factor 1 only).

Fatal: This program code entry must not be zero.

349 - Meter Factor % Change/Degree

This program code will allow the programmable entryof the meter factor variation with temperature. Thisfour digit entry represents the Meter Factor PercentChange per Degree of unit temperature. The range ofthis value is .0001 - .9999 percent. To enter this value,proceed as follows:

Note: This code does not have to be programmed unless code 392 isprogrammed "1 - Yes Meter Factor Variation".

349 0.0012 MF Correction

Help Message

The meter factor variation in % change per degree oftemperature.

Warning

Critical: As programmed elsewhere, this program codeis not used.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

350 - Meter Factor Reference Temperature

This program code will allow the programmable entryof the Meter Factor Reference Temperature. This fourdigit entry represents the temperature, in tenths, atwhich the percent meter factor variation per degreeunit temperature was determined. The range of thisentry is 000.1 to 999.9 units.

Note: This code does not have to be programmed unless code 392 isprogrammed "1 - Yes Meter Factor Variation".

350 020.0 °F MF Ref Temp

Note: If the Temperature option is not installed via the AccuLoadControl Module (ACM), the display will show:

350 No Temp Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

If no temperature units are selected in the Temperature Units Selectcode (441),

350 No Temperature Used

will be displayed.

Help Message

Reference temperature for the percent meter factorvariation entry.

390 - Master Meter Factor

This program code will allow the operator to set aMaster Meter Factor. This five digit entry will be usedto restrict meter factors one through four, to plus orminus 2% of the master factor (i.e., the value enteredhere). This range restriction applies only to meterfactors which are programmed for use (i.e., meterfactor one always; and, if linearizing, all the factorsused). Any attempt to enter a meter factor outside the2% range, if installed, will cause a Fatal Warning andthe previous meter factor will be retained.

Also, a master factor entry that causes the currentmeter factors installed to be out of range (i.e., outsidethe 2% master factor range) will result in a meterfactor alarm. The meter factors which are out of rangewill be indicated with a DA Program Error alarm. Themeter factors at fault must be corrected so that theyare within the 2% range of the master factor beforenormal Run Mode operations can occur. This code will

Page 117: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 109

be under the High Security Mode (see Operator GuideMN06101 for details).

The value of the master factor may range from 0.0001to 9.9999.

390 1.0012 Master Factor

Note: "0.0000" disables the Master Meter Factor.

Note: To program or change the programming of this code requiresthe program enable contact, the Weights and Measures contact aswell as a jumper on test points 9 and 10 on the computer board.

Help Message

Restricts programmed meter factors to + or - 2% ofthis master factor.

Warning

Critical: Each meter factor must be within 2% ofmaster meter factor.

391 - Linearized Factor Deviation

This program code will allow the operator to set amaximum deviation between adjacent meter factors.This three digit entry will be used to restrict deviationbetween the adjacent meter factors in use to plus orminus the entered percentage (i.e., the value enteredhere). Any attempt to enter a meter factor outside theentered range will be ignored and the previous meterfactor will be retained.

Also, a Linearized Factor Deviation entry that results inthe current meter factors installed to be out of rangewill trigger a program code alarm. The meter factorswhich are out of range will be indicated by a DA alarm.The meter factors at fault must be corrected so theyare within range of the deviation entry before normalRun Mode operations can occur. This code will beunder the High Security Mode (see Operator GuideMN06101 for details).

The value of the Linearized Factor Deviation mayrange from 0.01 to 9.99%.

391 1.02% Linear Fac Dev

Note: "0.00" disables the Linearized Factor Deviation.

Note: To program or change the programming of this code requiresthe program enable contact, the Weights and Measures contact aswell as a jumper on test points 9 and 10 on the computer board.

Help Message

Set the maximum deviation in % allowed betweenadjacent meter factors.

Warning

Critical: Adjacent meter factors must be within LinFactor Deviation.

392 - Meter Factor Variation

This program code will allow the use of the meterfactor variation entries. This one digit entry will beused to select if Meter Factor Variation is on or off(assuming the associated program codes are properlyprogrammed). This program code will be under theHigh Security Mode (see Operator Guide MN06101 fordetails).

0 - Meter Factor Variation No1 - Meter Factor Variation Yes

392 1 Meter Fac Vary Yes

Note: To program or change the programming of this code requiresthe program enable contact, the Weights and Measures contact aswell as a jumper on test points 9 and 10 on the computer board.

Help Message

Select the use of Meter Factor Variation withtemperature.

Warning

Critical: As programmed elsewhere, this program codeis not used.

400 - Temperature and Density Directory

440 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 480-489

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (480 through 489) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

Page 118: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

110 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

To select the protection for 480 through 489 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

440 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 480through 489.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

441 - API Table & Pr oduct

This code will provide the API Table and product to beselected. The following entries will be allowed:

00 - No API Table01 - API Table 5A02 - API Table 5B03 - API Table 5D04 - API Table 6A05 - API Table 6B06 - API Table 6C07 - API Table 6D08 - API Table 23A09 - API Table 23B10 - API Table 23D11 - API Table 2412 - API Table 24A13 - API Table 24B14 - API Table 24D15 - API Table 53A16 - API Table 53B17 - API Table 53D18 - API Table 5419 - API Table 54A20 - API Table 54B21 - API Table 54C22 - API Table 54D

The No API Tables entry ensures the maximumamount of versatility for the AccuLoad II software.(e.g., No temperature correction but back pressurecontrol using vapor pressure.)

441 04 API Table 6A

Note: Tables 5, 23 and 53 are used with a live densitometer input tocorrect the densitometer input to a reference density. Then thecorrected reference density is used by tables 6, 24, or 54 to establishthe Volume Correction Factor to be used.

If code 441 is programmed "0", No Temperature Selected, the displaywill read:

441 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Select the API Table & Product to use for temperaturecompensation.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

442 - Reference Density

This code will allow the parameter input to beconsistent with the API Table and Product selection.The code will have a constant five digit entry with afloating decimal point and format based on the Tableand Product selection. The program code format anddata entry will allow the programmable entry of theReference Density when: table 54 is selected, RelativeDensity when table 24 is selected, and API when table6 is selected.

Note: When table 6 is selected, the leading digit will be used to showpolarity, a zero = positive and a one = negative). This five digit entryrepresents the reference value used to calculate the volumecorrection factor. The range of this value will vary with the tableselection chosen.

Note: If API tables 5, 23, or 53 are used, it would indicate a livedensity reading is available and the display would read:

Ref Density Not Used

and no entries are allowed.

Page 119: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 111

Entry range based on table selection.

Table 6 -999.9 to +999.9 APITable 24 0.0000 to 9.9999 Relative DensityTable 54 0000.0 to 9999.9 Reference DensityC Tables 0000.0 to 0.9999 Percent per Degree

Temperature

Note: If the API table selection is changed, the previous five digitentry for reference will not be converted. The decimal point will bemoved within the five digits to conform to the formats shown above.However, range errors may result. For example: if a reference densityof 1079.5 was entered for table 54B and then the API table selectionwas changed to table 54C, the reference would be displayed as1.0795 percent per degree temperature and a fatal range error wouldresult.

442 +0.85.0 API

The following are examples of the display when Tables24, 54 or 6C and 54C are selected.

Table 24 selected

442 0.9875 Ref Density

Table 54 selected

442 1150.2 Kg/M3

Table 6C or 54C selected

442 0.9875 %/ °F

Note: If system code 441 is programmed "0", No TemperatureSelected, the display will read:

442 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Select Products Reference Density, API, RelativeDensity or Coefficient.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

443 - Low Temp erature Alarm

This code will allow for the entry of the temperaturereading which will cause a Low Temperature Alarm tobe generated. The temperature units will be dependenton the entry made in the Temperature Scale Selectcode (441). This four digit entry has a range of -999 to

+999 degrees F or C. The first digit must be a zero ora one to show polarity, where a 0 = positive and a 1 =negative.

443 +020 °F Low Temp

Note: "-999" will disable the alarm.

If system code 441 is programmed "0", NoTemperature Selected, the display will read:

443 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter temperature that will signal an alarm for LowProduct Temperature.

444 - High Temp erature Alarm

This code will allow for the entry of the temperaturereading which will cause a High Temperature Alarm tobe generated. The temperature units will be dependenton the entry made in the Temperature Scale Selectcode (441). This four digit entry has a range of -999 to+999 degrees F or C. The first digit must be a zero ora one to show polarity, where a 0 = positive and a 1 =negative.

444 +200 °F High Temp

Note: "+999" will disable the alarm.

If code 441 is programmed "0", No TemperatureSelected, the display will read:

444 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Enter temperature that will signal an alarm for HighProduct Temperature.

445 - Maintenance Temperature

This code will allow for entry of a MaintenanceTemperature to be used when a temperature probe isnot installed or working, but temperature relatedcalculations are desired. The temperature units will bedependent on the entry made in the Temperature

Page 120: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

112 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Scale Select code (441). This five digit entry has arange of +999.9 to - 999.8 temperature units. The firstdigit must be a zero or a one to show polarity, where a0 = positive and a 1 = negative.

445 +080.0 °Maint Temp

Note: "- 999.9" will disable the Maintenance Temperature.

An entry greater than - 999.9 will override thetemperature probe or transducer input if installed.

If system code 441 is programmed "0", NoTemperature Selected, the display will read:

445 No Temperature Used

Help Message

Select Maintenance Temperature if a temperatureprobe is not installed.

446 - Low Density Alarm

This code will allow for the entry of the density readingwhich will cause a Low Density Alarm to be generated.The density units will be dependent on the entry madein the Density Units Select code (445 of the SystemsDirectory). This four digit entry has a range of 0001 to9999 Kg/M3 or Lb/F3.

446 0040 Lb/F3 Low Dens

Note: An entry of "0000" will disable the alarm.

If code 445 is programmed "0", No Density ProbeInstalled, the display will read:

446 No Density Used

Help Message

Enter density that will signal an alarm for Low DensityProduct.

447 - High Density Alarm

This code will allow for the entry of the density readingwhich will cause a High Density Alarm to begenerated. The density units will be dependent on the

entry made in the Density Units Select program code(445 of the Systems Directory). This four digit entryhas a range of 0000 to 9999 Kg/M3 or Lb/F3.

447 0140 Lb/F3 High Dens

Note: An entry of "0000" will disable the alarm.

If code 450 is programmed "0", No Density ProbeInstalled, the display will read:

447 No Density Used

Help Message

Enter density that will signal an alarm for High DensityProduct.500 - Pressure Directory

501 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Setting

This four digit entry will allow the operator to select theMinimum Back Pressure Flow Rate which will notcause an alarm. That is, anytime the flow rate is beingcontrolled because of insufficient back pressure and itfalls below this programmed rate, a back pressurealarm will be issued and the transaction shut down.The range of this entry will be 0001 to 9999.

501 0300 Back Pressure Q

Note: A "0000" entry disables the alarm.

Help Message

Enter minimum flow rate allowed during B.P. operationbefore alarm.

502 - Differential Pressure

This three digit entry will allow the operator to selectthe delta pressure, in psia, bars or kg/cm2 (unitsdependent on the Pressure Units Select entry). This isthe additional pressure desired to be maintainedabove the vapor or back pressure.

If AccuLoad II is controlling flow with a two-stagevalve, no alarm is issued and flow is not halted if thepressure drops below the programmed limitdetermined by the vapor pressure and differentialpressure. Therefore, this Differential Pressure feature

Page 121: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 113

should not be used with a two-stage valve. In thissituation, the low pressure alarm must be set highenough to ensure that the pressure does not fall belowthe products vapor pressure.

The range of this entry will be 001 to 999 pressureunits. An entry of 000 will disable pressure control ofthe valve by a pressure transducer.

502 100 Delta Pressure

Note: A non-zero entry here will override any other programmed typeof back pressure flow control.

Note: If code 541 is programmed "0", No Pressure Installed, thiscode will read:

502 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter the back pressure maintained above ProductVapor Pressure.

Warning

Critical: As programmed elsewhere, this program codeis not used.

503 - Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate TimerSetting

This two digit entry will allow the operator to select theminimum time, in seconds, allowed for the unit toachieve a desired flow rate. At this point the flow ratewill be lowered by a percentage because of insufficientback pressure. (This percentage may be programmedin the Back Pressure Reduction code 504). If the flowrate falls below the back pressure minimum flow, analarm will be issued and the transaction shut down.The range of this entry will be 1 to 99 seconds.

Note: This entry is used for Automatic Flow Optimization (AFO).

503 20 Sec Q Timer

Note: "00" disables any back pressure control (including thedifferential pressure method.)

Note: See Appendices for requirements for Back Pressure Controlwithout a pressure transducer (AFO).

Help Message

Enter time, in seconds, allowed to reach a desired flowduring B.P. Control.

504 - Back Pressure Reduction

This two digit entry will allow the operator to select thepercentage of flow rate to be used during insufficientback pressure conditions or insufficient flowconditions. (For example, an entry of 90% will causethe flow rate to be reduced to 90% of the current rateduring insufficient back pressure conditions.) Therange of this entry will be 50 to 90 percent.

Note: This entry is used for Automatic Flow Optimization (AFO).

504 60% BP Reduction

Note: See Appendices for requirements for Back Pressure Controlwithout a pressure transducer (AFO).

Help Message

Enter the percentage of flow rate to be used duringinsufficient B.P.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

505 - Low P ressure Alarm

This code will allow for the entry of the pressurereading which will cause a Low Pressure Alarm to begenerated. The pressure units will be dependent onthe entry made in the Pressure Scale Select code(541). This four digit entry has a range of 0001 to 9999pressure units.

505 0020 Psi Low Pres

Note: "0000" disables the Low Pressure Alarm.

If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0",No Pressure Installed, this code will read:

505 No Pressure Used

Page 122: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

114 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Enter pressure that will signal an alarm for LowProduct Pressure.

506 - High P ressure Alarm

This code will allow for the entry of the pressurereading which will cause a High Pressure Alarm to begenerated. The pressure units will be dependent onthe entry made in the Pressure Scale Select code(541). This four digit entry has a range of 0001 to 9999pressure units.

506 0600 Psi High Pres

Note: "0000" will disable the High Pressure Alarm.

If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0",No Pressure Installed, this code will read:

506 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter pressure that will signal an alarm for HighProduct Pressure.

540 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 580-589

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (580 through 589) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 580 through 589 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

540 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 580through 589.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

541 - Compress ibility Factor

This code will allow for the entry of a CompressibilityFactor that will be used by the system to calculate theCPL. This entry should be zeroed if a densitometer isinstalled. The factor is used as the following: XXXXXequals the factor entered and it is applied as thefollowing: 0.0000XXXXX per pressure unit.

Note: This value will represent the "F" variable in the CPL equation.

541 00024 Pressure Coef

Note: If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0", NoPressure Installed, this code will read:

541 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter the Compressibility Factor used to calculate theCPL.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

542 - Vapor Pressure Calculation

This one digit entry defines the method that theAccuLoad II will use to calculate the vapor pressure ofa product. The two methods are:

0 - Straight Line Approximation (Requires pointsof the curve to be entered in codes 543through 548).

1 - As outlined in the GPA TP-15 Tables. (Usesthe reference density of the product in thecalculations).

542 1 GPA TP-15 Vapor Pr

Page 123: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 115

Help Message

Choose whether to calculate vapor pressure bystraight-line approximation or as outlined in the GPA-TP15.

Warning (GPA Method)

Warning: This method computes Vapor Pressure inabsolute. Therefore pressure must be entered inabsolute (not gage).

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

543, 545, 547 - Product Vapor P ressure

These three codes will allow the operator to select thevapor pressure(s), which will be used to define thevapor pressure versus temperature curve. This curveis used to calculate the current vapor pressure. Thepressure(s) are defined beginning with the lowestpressure ascending to the highest pressure. Therange of these four digit entries will be 000.1 to 999.9pressure units. The unit for this entry will bedependent on the entry made in the Pressure UnitsSelect code 541 (Systems Directory).

Note: The vapor pressure calculation, determined from the entriesmade here, will also be used in the CPL equation as the "Pe" entry.Therefore, careful consideration should be given in determining thesepoints and their accuracy.

Note: An entry of "000.0" for 545 will result in only vapor pressure 1@ 543 being used. An entry of "000.0" for 547 will allow 2-pointlinearization over the entries in 543 & 545.

543 150.0 Psi Vapor P1

Note: If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0", NoPressure Transducer Installed, this code will read:

543 No Pressure Used

Help Message

Enter Product Vapor Pressure at correspondingproduct temperature.

544, 546, 548 - Product Vapor P ressureTemperature

These three codes, with four digit entries, will allow theoperator to select the temperature(s) which will be

used to define the vapor pressure versus temperaturecurve. This curve is used to calculate the currentvapor pressure. These temperatures correspond withthe vapor pressures entered in codes 543, 545 and547. The first digit of the entry shows polarity where 0= positive and 1 = negative. The second, third, andfourth digits are the degrees of temperature required.The range of these entries is + 999 deg. to - 999 deg.The units for these entries will be as programmed inthe Temperature Units Select code 441 (SystemsDirectory).

Note: The vapor pressure calculation, determined from the entriesmade here, will also be used in the CPL equation as the "Pe" entry.Therefore, careful consideration should be given in determining thesepoints and their accuracy.

544 +150 °F Vapor P1

Note: If code 541 (Systems Directory) is programmed "0", NoPressure Transducer Installed, this code will read:

544 No Pressure Used

If No Temperature Units are selected in code 441 (SystemsDirectory), this code will display:

544 No Temperature Used

If the Temperature option is not installed via the AccuLoad II ControlModule (ACM), the display will show:

544 No Temp Installed

and no entries will be allowed.

Help Message

Enter product temperature at corresponding productvapor pressure.

549 - Maintenance Pressure

This code will allow for the entry of a MaintenancePressure to be used when a pressure transducer isnot installed but pressure related calculations aredesired. The pressure units will be dependent on theentry made in the Pressure Units Select code (541 ofthe Systems Directory). This four digit entry has arange of 000.1 to 999.9 pressure units.

Note: A non-zero entry will override the Pressure Transducer Input, ifinstalled.

Page 124: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

116 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

549 150.0 Psi Maint Pres

Help Message

Enter a maintenance pressure if a pressure transduceris not installed.

Critical Message

Critical: Maintenance pressure must be enabled for all4 products or none at all.

600 - Read Only Data Directory

601 - Raw Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the Raw non-resettable totals.

601 Raw Totals 000440372

Note: Unauthorized flow of the product will be added to non-resettable Raw totals before the start of a transaction. Unauthorizedflow is flow between transactions.

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Raw throughput totals.

602 - Gross Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the Gross non-resettable totals.

602 Grs Totals 000440756

Note: Unauthorized flow of the product will be added to non-resettable Gross totals before the start of a transaction. Unauthorizedflow is flow between transactions.

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Grs throughput totals.

603 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the GST non-resettable totals.

603 Gst Totals 000435899

Note: Unauthorized flow of the product will be added to non-resettable Gst totals before the start of a transaction. Unauthorizedflow is flow between transactions.

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Gst throughput totals.

604 - Net Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the Net non-resettable totals.

604 Net Totals 123456789

Note: Unauthorized flow of the product will be added to non-resettable Net totals before the start of a transaction. Unauthorizedflow is flow between transactions.

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Net throughput totals.

605 - Mass Non-resettable Totals

This code will display the Mass non-resettable totals.

605 Mas Totals 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Mass throughput totals.

Note: Unauthorized flow of the product will be added to non-resettable Mass totals before the start of a transaction. Unauthorizedflow is flow between transactions.

606 - Load Average Temperature

This code will display the Load Average Temperature.

606 Load Avg Tmp+ 62.5 °F

Help Message

Display only - Average Load Temperature for theprevious transaction.

Page 125: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 117

607 - Load Average Pressure

This code will display the Load Average Pressure.

607 Avg Pres 162.5 Kgcm

Help Message

Display only - Average Load Pressure for the previoustransaction.

608 - Load Average Density

This code will display the Load Average Density.

608 Avg Dens 102.5 Lb/F3

Help Message

Display only - Average Load Density for the previoustransaction.

640 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 680-689

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (680 through 689) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 680 through 689 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

640 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 680through 689.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

700 - Communications Directory

701, 702, 703 - HM Classification

The HM Classification is a sixty character entry andmust be split between program codes 701, 702 and703. Program code 701 will allow the first 20characters to be entered. Program code 702 will allowthe next 20 characters to be entered. Program code703 will allow the last 20 characters to be entered. Thedata entry will allow the following characters to beselected as part of the message:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

701 Gasoline, Flammable

Help Message

Enter a HM Classification - 20 character maximumentry.

740 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 780-789This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (780 through 789) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 780 through 789 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

740 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 780through 789.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 126: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 3 - Product Directory

118 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

800 - Inputs and Outputs Directory

840 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 880-889

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (880 through 889) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for 880 through 889 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

840 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 880through 889.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

900 - Diagnostics Directory

940 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes 980-989

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (980 through 989) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.To select the protection for 980 through 989 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

940 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 980through 989.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 127: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 4 - Recipe Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 119

__01 - Blend Recipe

This one digit entry is used to select whether thisrecipe is to be used whether the operator has tomanually start each product by pressing "START"between the loading of each product or if the unit willautomatically cycle the products.

0 - Recipe Not Used1 - Manual Recipe2 - Auto Recipe

Note: A zero entry, signifying that this recipe is not used, will cause acommon message, "Recipe Not Used", to be displayed for all of theother program codes in the rest of the directory for this recipe whenviewed in the program menu or through communications.

Enter program code 0101 by any of the methodsdescribed in the program code entry.

101 2 Auto Recipe

Help Message

Select whether this recipe is to be available for use ornot.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

__02 - Blend Recipe Name

This program code will allow an entry of up to ninecharacters. It will be used as identifier of the blendrecipe in the preset display and on the product receiptticket. The data entry will allow the followingcharacters to be selected as part of the name:

• A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V WX Y Z

• a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z• 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9• + ! " # $ % & ' ( ) , - . / : ; < = > @ [ \ ^ _ {l} ° ? *

space

102 Midgrade

Help Message

Enter a blend recipe description - nine charactermaximum entry.

__03, __04, __05, __06, __07, __08, __09 - AdditiveInjector On/Off

This four digit entry is used to select whether thisinjector is to be used with this recipe and whichproducts it will be used with. Each of the sevenpossible injectors may be programmed to be used ornot used with the products being loaded with thisrecipe. The number of volume units per one pulse ofinjector product may be programmed in the SystemInput/Output Directory and is not recipe specific.

__03 - Additive Injector 1__04 - Additive Injector 2__05 - Additive Injector 3__06 - Additive Injector 4__07 - Additive Injector 5__08 - Additive Injector 6__09 - Additive Injector 7

The four digit number represents each of the fourproducts that can be selected for each product.

1st digit- Product 12nd digit- Product 23rd digit- Product 34th digit- Product 4

A zero in the digit indicates that the injector will not beused with that product, a one indicates the injector willbe used with that product.

Example:

103 Injector 1 0010

Note: This example indicates that additive injector number will onlybe used for Product 3 for this recipe.

105 Injector 3 1100

Note: This example indicates that additive injector number three willbe used for Products 1 and 2 for this recipe.

Page 128: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 4 - Recipe Directory

120 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Help Message

Select for each product whether this injector will beused.

Warning

Critical: This entry creates a conflict with otherprogram code entries.

__10 - Recipe Raw Non-resettable Total

This code will display the recipe Raw non-resettabletotal.

0110 Raw Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Raw throughput totals.

__11 - Recipe Gross Non-resettable Total

This code will display the recipe Gross non-resettabletotals.

0111 Grs Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Gross throughput total.

__12 - Recipe GST Non-resettable Total

This code will display the Gross @ StandardTemperature non-resettable total.

0112 GST Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable GST throughput total.

__13 - Recipe Net Non-resettable Total

This code will display the recipe Net non-resettabletotals.

0113 Net Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Net throughput total.

__14 - Recipe Mass Non-resettable Total

This code will display the recipe Mass non-resettabletotals.

0114 Mas Total 123456789

Help Message

Display only - Non-resettable Mass throughput total.

__15 - HM Classificat ion For The Recipe

This one digit code assigns a product HMClassification to the recipe. This HM Classification willprint on the load ticket for this recipe. (See Appendixfor location of the HM Classification on the load ticket.)

Note: HM Classifications are defined in the individual productdirectories.

0 - Product 11 - Product 22 - Product 33 - Product 4

0115 HM Class Product 3

Help Message

Select Product HM Classification.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

Page 129: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 4 - Recipe Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 121

__16 - Minimum P reset

This code will display the minimum amount of thisrecipe that can be delivered. When a batch is preset,the entered preset is compared with the recipeminimum preset which is displayed in this code.

0116 Min Preset 00060

Help Message

Display only - Minimum Preset for this recipe.

__40 - Protect ion of Prog ram Codes __80 - __89

This code will allow the operator to select whether theblock of program codes (__80 through __89) will beallowed to change under the Program Mode or theWeights and Measures mode protection requirements.

To select the protection for __80 through __89 block ofprogram codes and to satisfy the Weights andMeasures mode protection entry criteria, the followingoptions are available:

0 - Weights & Measures Protection1 - Program Mode Protection

0140 1 Program Entry

Help Message

Select the level of protection for program codes 180through 189.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

__41 - Blend Preset Display

This code establishes how the preset volume displaywill appear during operation. Five possible selectionsare available:

0 - Raw Preset (Pulses/Input Resolution)1 - Gross Preset (Grs)2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Preset (Gst)3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature & Pressure

Preset (Net)4 - Mass Preset (Whole Units)

0141 1 Gross Preset

Help Message

Select the units for the preset display.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

__42 - Blend Delivery Display

This code establishes how the delivery volume displaywill appear during operation. Five possible selectionsare available that are dependent on the needs of theoperation:

0 - Raw Delivery (Pulses/Input Resolution)1 - Gross Delivery (Grs)2 - Gross @ Standard Temperature Delivery

(Gst)3 - Gross @ Standard Temperature & Pressure

Delivery (Net)4 - Mass Delivery

0142 1 Gross Deliver

Help Message

Select the units for the delivery display.

Warning

Critical: This option is available, but not installed.

Fatal Warning

Fatal: Entry is out of specified range.

__43, __45, __47, __49, __51 - ComponentSelection

These program codes allow for the components in arecipe to be defined in Sequence. Each recipe canhave up to five components. These components maybe selected from the four products available. Thecomponents must be programmed in the proper

Page 130: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 4 - Recipe Directory

122 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

sequential order. The first component to be deliveredmust be selected in program code 0143.

The allowable entries are defined as follows:

0 - Product 11 - Product 22 - Product 33 - Product 4

0143 0 Comp 1 = Prod 1

Help Message

Select the components in order to make up the recipe.

__44, __46, __48, __50, __52 - ComponentPercentage

These program codes allow for the percentage ofcomponents to be used in a recipe to be defined. Thepercentage entered in these codes represents theportion of the total batch that is to be contributed bythe product selected in the preceding program code.The percentages of the five components must add upto one hundred percent. Otherwise, a Critical Warningwill be issued. The range of this entry is 000.0 -100.0, where 100.0 would cause a recipe to be madeup of only one product.

Note: A component percentage of zero signifies the end of therecipe. For example, if the percentage programmed for component 3is zero, then components 4 and 5 will be ignored. (However, if thepercentages for components 1 and 2 do not add up to 100, a CriticalWarning will be issued.)

0144 050.0 % Comp 1

Help Message

Select the percentage of the total batch to becontributed by this component.

Warning

Critical: The percentage for the components do notadd up to 100%.

__53, __54, __55, __56, __57, __58, __59 - AdditiveInjector VolumeThis six digit code defines the volume of product thatwill be injected for each cycle of additive injector (e.g.,an entry of 000.100 shows that one tenth of a unit ofproduct will be injected each cycle of the injector). Therange of this program code is 000.001 to 999.999 forpiston injectors. For Smart Injector Systems the rangeis in tenths of units (000.1 to 999.9). The display willbe adjusted to show the proper number of digits for thetype of additive selected. If piston injectors are usedthe injector units will be drawn from System Programcode 848. If a Smart Additive Injector System is used,the units will default to cc.

When using a Smart Additive Injector System theadditive injector volume is downloaded to the additiveinjector on power-up and when the program code ischanged.

0153 010.000/Oz Inj 1

Note: "000.000" disables the injector output.

Note: If code 841 is programmed "0" for No Injector 1 Feedback, thisdisplay will read:

0153 Feedback 1 Not Used

Note: If the Additive Feedback option is not installed via theAccuLoad II Control Module (ACM), the display shows:

0153 Feedback Not Inst

Help Message

Enter the amount of injector volume to be deliveredper cycle.

Note: One cycle equals two strokes (for piston injectors).

Warning

Note: This critical message will be displayed if Smart Additives havebeen selected and the corresponding address is zero.Critical: This injector not used.

__80, __81, __82, __83, __84, __85, __86 - AdditiveInjector Pulsers

These seven three digit entries define the number ofvolume units per one pulse of injector product. The

Page 131: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 4 - Recipe Directory

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 123

range of these entries are 000 to 999. When theinjector is programmed to zero, this additive relayoutput may be used as a general relay output throughcommunications.

0180 100 Gal/Injection

Help Message

Enter the volume delivered per one pulse of injectoroutput.

Warning

Note: This critical will be displayed if feedback without control isselected and the entry here is non-zero.

Critical: Conflict resulting because feedback withoutcontrol is installed.

Note: This critical message will be displayed if Smart Additives havebeen selected and the corresponding address is zero.

Critical: This injector not used.

Page 132: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

124 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Appendix 1 - Meter Calibration

The non-linearity of the meter calibration curve for each product can be approximated by the AccuLoad II throughuse of a linearization method by entering meter factors at up to four different flow rates.

The formula used to determine each meter factor is as follows:

Where:

The meter factors used will be determined from a straight line interpolation of the meter factor and its associatedflow rate.

Graphically, the linearization method used in AccuLoad II can be represented as a point slope function betweenpoints:

Figure 1 Meter Factor vs Flow Rate

Where: MF1, MF2, MF3, MF4 = meter factors 1, 2, 3, and 4Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 = associated flow rates 1, 2, 3, and 4

Meter Factor = Actual Volume Delivered

Input Pulses

Input Resolution

Input Pulses

Input Resolution = Displayed Volume

Flow Rate Versus Volume

QH

QT1

QT2

QT3

QLF

QMF

LFA T1 T2 T3 T4 TF

QT1

QT2

QT3

QMF

QH

Page 133: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 125

The number of factors used is determined by the programming. Up to four factors are available at correspondingflow rates. (See the meter factors and flow rate program codes).

The input meter pulses may also be monitored by the AccuLoad II unit to verify the integrity of the meters and/ortransmitters. This is accomplished through pulse comparison and voltage sense circuitry. The pulse comparatorverifies the integrity of the meter and the voltage sense verifies the integrity of the transmitter. The type andresolution of the pulse input stream to the AccuLoad II is also programmable. The pulse input can beprogrammed for contact or active pulse type input. The pulse resolution may also be doubled through a programcode.

The input resolution, pulse and transmitter integrity, pulse type, meter factors and their controls and adjustmentsmay be defined in their respective program codes.

METER FACTOR LINEARIZATION CALCULATIONS

A. Calculations for meter factors between the flow points:

Where:

m = slope (to be calculated)y2 = Meter factor @ the lower flow ratey1 = Meter factor @ the higher flow ratex1 = Flow rate for the meter factor of y1

x2 = Flow rate for the meter factor of y2

B. After calculating m, calculate the straight line equation:

so

Where:

x = the present flow ratey = the unknown meter factor

m = y - y

x - x2 1

2 1

y -y = m(x - x )1 1

y = m(x - x ) + y1 1

Page 134: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

126 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

C. Meter Factor calculating methods

1. The four-point linearization method uses four sets of the flow rate and associated meter factor programcodes.

Method:

a. From zero to factor 4 flow, factor 4 will be used. b. Linearize from factor 4 flow to factor 3 flow.c. Linearize from factor 3 flow to factor 2 flow.d. Linearize from factor 2 flow to factor 1 flow.e. From factor 1 flow up, factor 1 will be used.

2. The three-point linearization method uses three sets of the flow rate and associated meter factor programcodes.

Method:

a. From zero to factor 3 flow, factor 3 will be used.b. Linearize from factor 3 flow to factor 2 flow.c. Linearize from factor 2 flow to factor 1 flow.d. From factor 1 flow up, factor 1 will be used.

3. The two-point linearization method uses two sets of the flow rate and associated meter factor programcodes.

Method:

a. From zero to factor 2 flow, factor 2 will be used. b. Linearize from factor 2 flow to factor 1 flow.c. From factor 1 flow up, factor 1 will be used.

4. The single-point method uses one meter factor program code.

Method:

a. Factor 1 will be used at all flow rates.

METER FACTOR ADJUSTMENT FEATURES

The calibration adjustment feature (if installed) will adjust the current meter factor by an amount based on thepercent change per degree of unit temperature only at run time. (Note: Temperature must be installed for this feature to be

used.) The adjusted value can be seen via the dynamic display.

The new meter factor will be calculated as follows:

Where:

MF = The adjusted meter factor.

MF = MFP x (1 + MC x DT / 100)

Page 135: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 127

MFP = Current Calculated Linearized Meter Factor. The current one to be used is determined by the linearizedmethod (if selected).

MC = The meter factor percent change per degree of unit temperature required as programmed in the factorvariation with temperature program code: range is 0.0000 to 0.9999 percent.

DT = The difference between the current temperature and the Meter Factor Reference Temperature (code363). There will be only one such Meter Factor Reference Temperature which will be required as per theprogram code entry.

To disable use of the adjustment, enter zero for the Meter Factor Percent Change Per Unit Temperature (code362), or enter zero in the Meter Factor Variation In Use program code (code 392). For the meter factor to beadjusted correctly, valid entries must be made in all of the meter factor variation program codes.

Note: A zero entry in the Temperature Units Select program code will disable this adjustment.

Page 136: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

128 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Appendix 2 - Volume Accumulation

Volume Calculations for Gross

Volume Calculations for Gross @ Standard Temperature

A.

B. Volume correction for temperature (CTL) calculation:

1. Volume correction factor terms, formulas and constants:

a) Definition of terms:

∆t = Actual Temperature - Reference Temperaturek0 & k1 = API product range constantsA & B = API product special range constantsρt = density @ actual temperatureρ60 = density @ reference temperatureα = coefficient of expansion

b) Formulas used:

1. Alpha calculation

a. Using k0 & k1 constants

b. Using A & B constants:

Gross = Meter Factor x Input Pulses

Pulses per Unit

GST = CTL x Meter Factor x Input Pulses

Pulses per Unit

αρ ρ

= k( )

+ k02

60

1

60

αρ

= A + B

( )260

Page 137: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 129

2. CTL calculation:

3. ρt calculation:

4. API to density calculation:

5. Relative density to density calculation:

c) Constants used

t

60

(- x t (1 + 0.8 x t )) = eρρ

α α∆ ∆

t 60(- x t (1 + 0.8 x t )) = x eρ ρ α α∆ ∆

60 = 141.5 x weight of water at ref. conditions

131.5 + APIρ

60 = Relative Density x Weight of water at reference conditionsρ

Page 138: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

130 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

1. Weight of water at reference conditions.

Weight Temperature

999.060 Kg/M3 15°C

62.366 Lbs/Ft3 60°F

2. k0 and k1 constants for different API products

API Table Range k0 k1

5A, 6A, 23A, and24A Crude Oils

API 0 to 100RD 0.6110 to 1.0760

DEN 38.11 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 610.5 to 1075.0 KG/M3

341.0957 0.0

5B, 6B, 23B and24B Diesel, Heating

and Fuel Oils

API 0 to 37RD 0.8400 to 1.0760

DEN 52.38 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 839.0 to 1075.0 KG/M3103.8720 0.2701

5B, 6B, 23B and 24BJet Fuels and

Kerosene

API 37.1 to 47.9RD 0.7890 to 0.8395

DEN 49.19 to 52.35 LB/F3

DEN 788.0 to 838.5 KG/M3

330.3010 0.0

5B, 6B, 23B and 24BGasolines and

Napthanes

API 52.1 TO 85RD 0.6535 to 0.7705

DEN 40.77 to 48.07 LB/F3

DEN 653.0 to 770.0 KG/M3

192.4571 0.2438

5D and 6D Lube Oils API -10 to 45RD 0.8008 to 1.1652

DEN 49.94 TO 72.67 LB/F3

DEN 800.0 TO 1164.0 KG/M3

144.0427 0.1896

53A and 54A CrudeOils

API 0 to 100RD 0.6110 to 1.0760

DEN 38.11 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 610.5 to 1075.0 KG/M3

613.9723 0.0

53B and 54B Diesel,Heating, and Fuel Oils

API 0 to 37RD 0.8400 to 1.0760

DEN 52.38 to 67.11 LB/F3

DEN 839.0 to 1075.0 KG/M3

186.9696 0.4862

53B and 54B Jet Fuelsand Kerosenes

API 37.1 to 47.9RD 0.7890 to 0.8395

DEN 49.19 to 52.35 LB/F3

DEN 788.0 to 838.5 KG/M3

594.5418 0.0

53B and 54B GasolinesAND Napthanes

API 52.1 TO 85RD 0.6535 to 0.7705

DEN 40.77 to 48.07 LB/F3

DEN 653.0 to 770.0 KG/M3

346.4228 0.4388

Page 139: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 131

API Table Range K0 k1

53D and 54D LubeOils

API -10 to 45RD 0.8008 to 1.652

DEN 49.94 TO 72.67 LB/F3

DEN 800.0 TO 1164.0 KG/M3

259.2769 0.3413

3. A and B constants (Special Range)

API Table Range A B

Special Range (°F) API 48 to 52RD 0.7710 to 0.7885

DEN 48.10 to 49.16 LB/F3

DEN 770.5 to 787.5 KG/M3

-0.00186840 1489.0670

Special Range (°C) API 48 to 52RD 0.7710 to 0.7885

DEN 48.10 to 49.16 LB/F3

DEN 770.5 to 787.5 KG/M3

-0.0336312 2680.321

4. Old Tables 24 and 54

API Table Range

24API 100 to 150

RD 0.5000 to 0.6000DEN 31.18 to 37.42 LB/F3

54API 100 to 150

RD 0.5000 to 0.6000DEN 499.5 to 599.4 KG/M3

Volume correction factor calculation options:

A. Coefficient of expansion used (table 6C or 54C)

1. Program entry conditions

a. Correct entry in API Table & Product (code P441).b. Valid entry in Reference Density (code P442).

Page 140: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

132 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

2. Hardware conditions

a. A temperature probe installed.

(Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Calculation method

a. Input temperature units.b. Calculate delta t (∆t).c. Coefficient of Expansion Entry (program code P442) will be used as alpha.d. Calculate the CTL.

B. API tables with API product range A, B or D (with reference density)

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A valid API Table & Product entry (code P441).b. A valid Reference Density entry (code P442).c. A valid Density Units entry (code S445).d. A valid Temperature Units entry (code S441).e. A valid Reference Temperature entry (code S442).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A temperature probe installed.

(Note: Maintenance Temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition:

In this mode of operation the AccuLoad II software will calculate the CTL using the k0 & k1 constants of theAPI product range selected. (If API product range B is selected it will use the k0 & k1 constants for theproduct range it is measuring.) All related entries shown above must correspond. If table 53 or 54 areused the temperature units must be in Celsius.

4. Calculation method

a. Input temperature units.b. Calculate delta t (∆t).c. Calculate the alpha and the CTL using the reference density entered.

1.Calculate alpha with the proper k0 & k1 constants for API product range selected.2.Calculate CTL.

C. API tables with API product range A, B or D (live density)

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A valid API Table & Product entry (must be an odd-numbered table) (code P441).b. A valid Density Units entry (code S445).

CTL = e(- x t (1 + 0.8 x t ))α α∆ ∆

Page 141: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 133

c. Valid Density Span entries (codes S446 and S447).d. A valid Temperature Units entry (code S441).e. A valid Reference Temperature entry (code S442).f. Density is selected in Temperature/Density select (code S444).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A temperature probe installed.

(Note: Maintenance Temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

b. A densitometer installed.

3. Definition:

In this mode of operation the AccuLoad II software will calculate the CTL using the k0 & k1 constantsof the API product range selected. (If API product range B is selected it will use the k0 & k1 constantsfor the product range it is measuring.) All related entries shown above must correspond. If table 53or 54 is used the temperature units must be in Celsius. Density units selected must match thedensitometer output.

4. Calculation method:

a. Input temperature units.b. Calculate delta t (∆t).c. Input density units.d. Calculate the density corrected to reference temperature by an iterative solution of the following steps

which will in turn calculate the required CTL.

1. Calculate alpha selecting proper k0 & k1 constants for API Product Range selected (code 444).2. Calculate the CTL.3. Calculate the corrected density.4. Check for convergence of the solution. (A converged solution is reached when a change in density is less

than 0.05 kg/m3 in two successive passes.)5. For API product range B only, check to see that the k0 & k1 constants used are in the range of the

corrected density calculated. If not, repeat steps 1 through 4 with the correct constants.

D. API (old) tables 24 & 54 with API range 100 to 150

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A valid API Table & Product entry (code P441).b. A valid Reference Density entry (code P442).c. A valid Density Units entry (code S445).d. A valid Temperature Units entry (code S441).e. A valid Reference Temperature entry (code S442).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A temperature probe installed.

(Note: Maintenance Temperature may be used instead of the temperature probe.)

Page 142: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

134 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

3. Definition:

In this mode of operation the AccuLoad II software will use the reference density and the currenttemperature to retrieve the CTL from the selected table. (If table 24 is selected, temperature units must beFahrenheit. If table 54 is selected, temperature units must be Celsius.)

4. Calculation method

a. Input temperature units.b. Using the temperature and reference density go to the proper table (24 or 54) and select the proper

CTL.

The resistance temperature detector (RTD) supplies resistance from which temperature may be calculated. TheCallendar - Van Dusen equation is used to approximate the RTD curve.

Where:

T = temperature in ° CelsiusR = resistance at temperature TR(0) = resistance at 0°CA = 3.90802 E-3B = -5.80195 E-7

T =

-A + A - 4B (1 - R

R(0))

2B

2

Page 143: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 135

Appendix 3 - Volume Calculations for NET

A.

B. Volume correction for pressure (CPL) calculation:

1. Definition of terms:

P = PressurePe = Equilibrium pressure (Vapor pressure @ temperature)F = Compressibility factor (API Chapters 11.2.1 or 11.2.2)CPL= Correction for pressure on a liquid

2. Formula used:

a.

b.

c. For 0 to 90 API:

Where:

A, B, C and D = constantsT = Temperature (°F or °C dependent)ρ = Grams/cm3 @ 60°F or grams/cm3 @ 15°C

d. For 91 to 220 API

Where:

A and B = Calculated variables based on temperature & densityDp = Pressure above equilibrium in (PSI or Kpa dependent)

Net Comp. = CTL x CPL x Meter Factor x Input Pulses

Pulses per Unit

CPL = 1

1 - (P - P ) x Fe

API = 141.5 x H O

Product - 131.560 2

60

ρρ

F = eA + (B x T) + C

+ (D x T

)2 2ρ ρ

F = 1

A + ( D x B )p

Page 144: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

136 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Pressure correct ion factor calculation options:

A. Pressure correction with no density or pressure transducers and a temperature probe.

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A zero entry in Compressibility Factor (code P541).b. Valid Vapor Pressure entries (codes P543-P548).c. Valid Pressure Units entry (code S541).d. Valid Maintenance Pressure entry (code P549).e. Valid Non-zero Reference Density entry (code P442).f. Valid Temperature entries (codes S441, S442).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A pressure transmitter (not required).b. A densitometer (not required).c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance Temperature may be used instead of the temperature probe.)

3. Definition:

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F" iscalculated based on the entries made in the Reference Density and Maintenance Pressure programcodes. It is then used in the CPL equation along with the Maintenance Pressure entry.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be equal to or greater than the actual pressure, the CPL will be set to one.

4. Calculation method:

a. Determine if above or below 90 API.b. Calculate the "F" variable using the proper equation.c. Calculate the vapor pressure.d. Solve equation for the CPL.

B. Pressure correction with a temperature probe and no density, pressure transducer or reference density.

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A Non-zero Compressibility Factor entry (code P541).b. Valid Vapor Pressure entries (codes P543-P548).c. Valid Pressure Units entry (code S541).d. A Non-zero Maintenance pressure entry (code P549).e. Valid Temperature entries (codes S441, S442).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A pressure transmitter (not required).b. A densitometer (not required).c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance Temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

Page 145: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 137

3. Definition:

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F" istaken directly from the pressure compressibility factor entry and used in the CPL equation along withthe Maintenance Pressure program code.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be greater than or equal to the actual pressure, the CPL will be set to one.

4. Calculation method:

a. Calculate the vapor pressure.b. Solve equation for CPL.

C. Pressure correction with a temperature probe, pressure transducer and no density transducer.

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A Zero Compressibility Factor entry (code S541).b. Valid Vapor Pressure entries (codes P543-P548).c. Valid Pressure Units entry (code S541).d. Valid Pressure Span entries (codes S542, S543).e. A Zero Maintenance Pressure entry (code P549).f. A Non-zero Reference Density entry (code P442).g. Valid Temperature entries (codes S441, S442).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A pressure transmitter installed.b. A densitometer (not required).c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance Temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition:

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F"is calculated based on the pressure transducer input, temperature input, vapor pressure calculationsand reference density input. The "F" factor is then used in the CPL equation.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be greater than or equal to the actual pressure, the CPL will be set to one.

4. Calculation method:

a. Input the pressure and convert to proper units.b. Input the temperature and convert to proper units.c. Determine if the density is above or below 90 API.d. Calculate the vapor pressure.e. Calculate the "F" variable using the proper equation.f. Solve equation for CPL.

D. Pressure correction with a temperature probe, pressure and density transducer installed.

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A Zero Compressibility Factor entry (code P541).b. Valid Vapor Pressure entries (codes P543-P548).

Page 146: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

138 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

c. Valid Pressure Units entry (code S541).d. Valid Pressure Span Entries (codes S542, S543).e. A Zero Maintenance Pressure entry (code P549).f. Valid Density Units entry (code S445).g. Valid Density Span entries (codes S446, S447).h. Density selected in the Temperature/Density Select (code S444).i. Odd API Table selected (code P441).j. Valid Temperature entries (codes S441, S442).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A pressure transmitter installed.b. A densitometer installed.c. A temperature probe installed. (Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition:

Using this method of calculating the pressure correction factor (CPL), the compressibility factor "F" iscalculated based on the pressure and density transducer inputs, temperature input and vapor pressurecalculations. The "F" factor is then used in the CPL equation.

Note: In all cases if "Pe" is calculated to be greater than or equal to the actual pressure the CPL will be set to one.

4. Calculation method:

a. Input the pressure and convert to proper units.b. Input the temperature and convert to proper units.c. Input the density and convert to proper units.d. Determine if the density is above or below 90 API.e. Calculate the vapor pressure.f. Calculate the "F" variable using the proper equation.g. Solve equation for CPL.

E. Vapor pressure calculations.

1. Calculate the slope of a line between two points:

a. Calculate m.

Where:

m = Slope (to be calculated)y2 = Vapor pressure @ x2 in PSI, Bars or Kg/cm2

y1 = Vapor pressure @ x1 in PSI, Bars or Kg/cm2

x1 = Temperature for vapor pressure of y1

x2 = Temperature for vapor pressure of y2

(Note: Temperature may be in degrees C or F. )

m = y - y

x - x2 1

2 1

Page 147: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 139

b. After calculating m, calculate the straight line equation:

so

Where:

x = the present temperaturey = the unknown vapor pressure

c. Vapor pressure calculating methods:

1) The three-point linearization method uses three sets of the product vapor pressure and associatedtemperature program codes.

2) The two-point linearization method uses two sets of the product vapor pressure and associatedtemperature program codes.

3) The single-point method uses one product vapor pressure program code.4) The GPA TP-15 method calculates the vapor pressure through the use of the following formula:

y - y = m ( x - x )1 1

y = m ( x - x ) + y1 1

Vapor Pressure = e 0 10 1A + A x relative density +

B + B x relative density

temperature F + 443°

Page 148: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

140 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Appendix 4 - Volume Calculations for Mass

A.

or

B. Mass calculation using reference density

1. Program entry conditions:

a. A Non-zero Reference Density entry (code P442).b. Valid Density Units Select entry (code S445).c. Valid entries for GST Compensation (codes S441, S442, P441).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A temperature probe installed.

(Note: Maintenance temperature may be used instead of a temperature probe.)

3. Definition:

With this method the reference density and GST volume are used to calculate the mass. Therefore, theReference Density program code must contain a non-zero entry, temperature must be installed, and GSTcompensation must be available.

4. Calculation method:

C. Mass calculation using a densitometer:

1. Program entry conditions:

a. Valid Density Unit select entry (code S445).b. Valid Density Span entries (codes S446, S447).c. Density selected in the Temperature Density Select (code S444).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. A densitometer installed.

Mass Comp. = Gross Comp. x Live Density

Mass Comp. = GST Comp. x Reference Density

Mass = GST Volume x Reference Density

Page 149: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 141

3. Definition:

This method uses the densitometer input as the line density for calculating mass totals.

4. Calculation method:

Mass = Gross Volume x Live Density

Page 150: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

142 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Appendix 5 - Pressure Control Operation and Options

If back pressure flow rate controls are used, they will operate as follows. During flow, when back pressure on thevalve goes below the programmed value (see description of how the value is derived below), the flow will bereduced to a programmable percentage of the flow at which it was detected and remain there for the duration ofthe batch. (Note: If flow is reduced to the minimum flow entered, no pressure control will be used except that which is already in effect.) Analarm will be issued if pressure falls below the desired back pressure as determined by the delta pressure andvapor pressure entries.

The vapor pressure will be calculated via straight line approximation fitting the product's current temperature tothe programmed temperature/vapor pressure curve. (Up to three points may be entered for linearization.) Asecond method calculates the Vapor pressure as outlined in the GPA TP-15 Tables. These methods aredescribed later in this section concerning volume calculations for pressure.

Optional operating modes when using the vapor pressure or back pressure program code entries:

A. Three-point linearization vapor pressure valve control

1. Program entry conditions:

a. Valid Non-zero Vapor Pressure entries (codes P543, P545, P547).b. Valid Vapor Pressure Temperature entries (codes P544, P546, P548).c. Valid Delta Pressure entry (code P502).d. Valid Vapor Pressure Method select entry (code P542).e. Non-zero Back Pressure Timer entry (code 503).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. Temperature probe installed.b. Pressure transducer installed.

3. Definition:

a. Three-point linearization will be used to calculate the current vapor pressure. (Note: If lack of pressure causesthe flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate, an alarm will be issued.)

4. Calculation method:

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary).b. Input pressure.c. Determine which point you are between.d. Solve for current vapor pressure.e. Add vapor pressure to entered delta pressure.f. Check that current pressure is above the vapor pressure calculated. If not, close valve to reduce the

flow rate according to the back pressure flow reduction formula. Delay for timer setting, then repeatsteps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

Page 151: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 143

B. Two-point linearization vapor pressure valve control

1. Program entry conditions:a. Valid Vapor Pressure entries (codes P543, P545).b. Valid Vapor Pressure Temperature entries (codes P544, P546).c. Valid Delta Pressure entry (code P502).d. Valid Vapor Pressure Method select entry (code P542).e. Non-zero Back Pressure Timer entry (code 503).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. Temperature probe installed.b. Pressure transducer installed.

3. Definition:

a. Two-point linearization will be used to calculate the current vapor pressure.

(Note: If lack of pressure causes the flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate an alarm will be issued.)

4. Calculation method:

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary).b. Input pressure.c. Solve for current vapor pressure.d. Add vapor pressure to entered delta pressure.e. Check that current pressure is above the vapor pressure calculated. If not, close valve to reduce the

flow rate according to the back pressure flow reduction formula. Delay for timer setting, then repeatsteps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

C. Back pressure valve control (with a pressure transducer)

1. Program entry conditions:

a. Valid Vapor Pressure entries (codes P543, P545, P547).b. Valid Vapor Pressure Temperature entries (codes P544, P546, P548).c. Valid Delta Pressure entry (code P502).d. Valid Vapor Pressure Method select entry (code P542).e. Non-zero Back Pressure Flow Timer entry (code 503).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. Temperature probe not required.b. Pressure transducer installed.

3. Definition:

a. The valve will maintain a minimum back pressure, provided that the above conditions have beenmet. (If lack of pressure causes the flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected back pressureflow rate, an alarm will be issued.)

Page 152: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

144 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

4. Calculation method:

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary).b. Input pressure.c. Add the vapor pressure entry to entered delta pressure.d. Check that current pressure is above the delta pressure required. If not, close valve to reduce the

flow rate according to the back pressure flow reduction formula. Delay for timer setting, thenrepeat steps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

D. Back pressure valve control (with a pressure transducer using GPA TP-15 Vapor Pressure Method)Note: GPA TP-15 method requires relative density; use API table and reference density.

1. Program entry conditions:

a. Valid Delta Pressure entry (code P502).b. Valid Vapor Pressure Method select entry (code P542).c. Non-zero Back Pressure Flow Timer entry (code 503).d. GST installed (API table in code P441 and reference density in code P442 or live density).

2. Hardware conditions

a. Temperature probe installed.b. Pressure transducer installed.

3. Definition:

a. The valve will maintain a minimum back pressure, provided that the above conditions have beenmet. (If lack of pressure causes the flow to be reduced to a flow below the selected back pressureflow rate, an alarm will be issued.)

4. Calculation method:

a. Input the temperature (convert to deg. F if necessary).b. Input pressure.c. Add the vapor pressure entry to entered delta pressure.d. Check that current pressure is above the vapor pressure required. If not, close valve to reduce the

flow rate according to the Back Pressure Flow Reduction Formula. Delay for timer setting, thenrepeat steps a through f of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is being maintained.

E. Automatic Flow Optimization (AFO) - Back pressure valve control (without a pressure transducer)

1. Program entry conditions:

a. Non-zero Back Pressure Flow Timer entry (code P503).

2. Hardware conditions:

a. Temperature probe not required.b. Pressure transducer not required.

Page 153: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 145

3. Definition:

a. The entry in the Back Pressure Flow Timer program code is used in the following manner. Whenflow commences, the desired flow rate minus the tolerance will be compared against the actual flow.If the desired flow rate is not achieved in the time specified in the Back Pressure Timer entry, thenflow will be reduced by the Back Pressure Reduction Formula. (If lack of pressure causes the flowto be reduced to a flow below the selected back pressure flow rate, an alarm will be issued.)

4. Calculation method:a. On a valve adjustment to a new flow rate, set the timer.b. If the timer expires and flow is not achieved, reduce the flow by the Back Pressure Reduction

Formula.c. Check that the current flow is at or above the desired flow rate. If not, once flow has been

established, repeat steps a through c of this procedure to ensure proper pressure is beingmaintained.

Page 154: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

146 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Appendix 6 - Load Ticket

PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET .....code S710...... --- .....code S711......BILL OF LADING .....code S712......

.....code S713......dd-dd-dd tt:tt a .....code S714......

Page 1 of 7

...........code S715.......... ...........code S717..........

...........code S716.......... ...........code S718.....................code S719..........

Meter ID: ......code S720..... Transaction Number: nnnn (Reprint)HM Classification: ......code P701........code P702........code P703...........Customer: Carrier:Operator:

BATCH VOLUME TOTALS LOAD AVERAGES ADDITIVES --------------------------------------------------------------------------

GROSS GST NET Temperature 1234567 ------ ---- ---- ------------- -------

GAL GAL GAL F

code R__02 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t 0000000

code P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.tcode P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.tcode P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.tcode P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv tttt.t

Additive Volumes: 1:aaaaa.aaa 2:aaaaa.aaa 3:aaaaa.aaa 4:aaaaa.aaa in Ozs 5:aaaaa.aaa 6:aaaaa.aaa 7:aaaaa.aaa

Alarms: R:00, R:11, R:22, R:33, R:44, R:55, R:66, R:77, R:88, R:99

This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified,described, packaged, marked, and labeled are in proper condition for transportationaccording to the applicable DOT regulations.

Driver Signature

Signature of Receiving Agent

Smith AccuLoad-II, SQR.

Page 155: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 5 - Appendix

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 147

PRODUCT RECEIPT TICKET ......code S710..... --- ......code S711.....BILL OF LADING ......code S712.....

......code S713.....dd-dd-dd tt:tt a ......code S714.....

Page 7 of 7

..........code S715........... ..........code S717...........

..........code S716........... ..........code S718........... ..........code S719...........

Meter ID: ......code S720..... Transaction Number: nnnn (Reprint)

Customer: Carrier:Operator:

BATCH VOLUME TOTALS ------------------------------

GROSS GST NET ------ ---- ----

GAL GAL GAL

code R__02 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv code R__02 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv code R__02 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv code R__02 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv code R__02 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv code R__02 vvvvvv >vvvvvv vvvvvv

code P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv code P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv code P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv code P180 vvvvvv vvvvvv vvvvvv

Load Average Density Lb/F3

Product1 dddd.d Product2 dddd.d Product3 dddd.d Product4 dddd.d

Additive Volumes: 1:aaaaa.aaa 2:aaaaa.aaa 3:aaaaa.aaa 4:aaaaa.aaa in Ozs 5:aaaaa.aaa 6:aaaaa.aaa 7:aaaaa.aaa

Alarms: R:00, R:11, R:22, R:33, R:44, R:55, R:66, R:77, R:88, R:99

This is to certify that the above-named materials are properly classified,described, packaged, marked, and labeled are in proper condition for transportationaccording to the applicable DOT regulations.

Driver Signature

Signature of Receiving Agent

Smith AccuLoad-II, SQR.

Page 156: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 6 - Index

148 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

—4—4-20 mA Channel 1 Test (Pressure Input) , 884-20 mA Channel 2 Test (Density/Temp Input) , 88

—A—A/C Input Assignments , 5AccuLoad II Model Number , 90ACM Model Number , 90Additive 1 - 8 Addresses , 80Additive Feedback Alarm Action , 86Additive Feedback Alarm Message , 84Additive Injector Feedback , 84Additive Injector Feedback Delay , 85Additive Injector Feedback Errors , 85Additive Injector On/Off , 119Additive Injector Output , 81Additive Injector Pulsers , 122Additive Injector Stop , 81Additive Injector Stop Volume , 84Additive Injector Volume , 122Additive System and Pacing , 9Additive Totals Units, 86Alarm Check and Reset , 11Alarm Relay , 22API Table & Product , 110Assignments , 4, 5Auto PresetAuto Preset Increment , 38Auto Proving Select , 44Auto Reset Timer , 26

—B—Back Pressure Reduction , 113Before Beginning Operations , 3Blank Downcounter , 38Blend Alarms Check/Reset , 19Blend Correction , 44Blend Delivery Display , 121Blend Preset Display , 121Blend Recipe , 119Blend Recipe Name , 119Blend Tolerance (Percentage) , 43Blend Tolerance (Volume) , 43Block Valve Delay to Close , 106Block Valve Delay to Open , 106Block Valve Position , 36Block Valve Security , 106Block Valve Type , 104

—C—Calibration Event Counter , 91Clean Line Alarm Limit , 36

Clean Line Product , 36Clean Line Volume , 36Clear Configurable Report , 98Clear Local Storage , 97Communication Address , 59Communication Link Programming , 61Communication Test - EIA-232 - No Echo Back , 92Communication Test - EIA-232 - With Echo , 92Communication Test - EIA-485 - No Echo Back , 93Communication Test - EIA-485 - With Echo , 93Communications Alarm Mode , 62Communications Directory , 52, 117Communications Time-out , 61Component Percentage , 122Component Selection , 121Compressib ility Factor , 114Configuration Directory , 4Configuration Event Counter , 91Contact Input Test , 96Contact Output , 97Corrected Display , 41CRC Firmware Version , 89

—D—D/C Output Relay Assignments , 5Decimal or Comma Selection , 21Delivery Configuration Report , 67Density or Temperature Input , 47Density Units , 47Diagnostics Directory , 86, 118Differential Pressure , 112Display Resolution , 42Display Test , 87Display Units , 40Dual Pulse Error Count , 39Dual Pulse Error Reset , 40Dual Pulse Flow Rate Cutoff , 40Dynamic Display Time-out , 20

—E—EIA-232 Baud Rate , 57EIA-232 Communication Control , 52EIA-232 Communication Type , 52EIA-232 Data Format , 57EIA-232 Printer Security , 64EIA-485 Baud Rate , 58EIA-485 Communication Control , 58EIA-485 Communication Type , 57EIA-485 Data Format , 59EIA-485 Printer Security , 65Excess Flow Rate , 103

—F—Final (Second) Trip Auto Adjust Limit , 105

Page 157: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 6 - Index

MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96 149

Final (Second) Trip Volume , 105First High Flow Rate , 104First Trip Volume , 105Flow Control Directory , 32, 103Flow Control Valve , 35Flow Control Valve Security , 36Flow Rates , 107Flow Tolerance , 104

—G—General Purpose Directory , 11, 103Gross @ Standard Temperature Non-resettable

Totals , 116Gross Non-resettable Totals , 116

—H—High Density Alarm , 112High Pressure Alarm , 114High Temperature Alarm , 111High-speed Prover , 96HM Classification , 117, 120How To Use This Manual , 3

—I—Initialize , 101Injector 1 Non-resettable Totals , 50Injector 2 Non-resettable Totals , 50Injector 3 Non-resettable Totals , 50Injector 4 Non-resettable Totals , 50Injector 5 Non-resettable Totals , 51Injector 6 Non-resettable Totals , 51Injector 7 Non-resettable Totals , 51Injector Units , 85Input Pulse Doubler , 45Input Pulse Type , 44Input Resolution , 42Input/Output Configuration , 9Inputs and Outputs Directory , 81, 118Internal Temperature Test , 89

—K—Keypad Test , 87

—L—Linearized Factor Deviation , 109Load Average Density , 117Load Average Pressure , 117Load Average Temperature , 116Local Mode Alarm Clearing , 20Local Storage Transactions , 51Low Density Alarm , 112Low Flow Rate Alarm Limit , 105Low Flow Start , 33Low Flow Start Flow Rate (Digital Valve) , 33Low Flow Start Volume (Digital Valve) , 32

Low Pressure Alarm , 113Low Temperature Alarm , 111

—M—Maintenance Pressure , 115Maintenance Temperature , 111Manual/Auto Additive Injector , 81Mass Non-resettable Totals , 116Mass Units , 49Master Meter Factor , 108Max Temp/Density Units - 20mA , 48Maximum Preset Volume , 37Maximum Pressure Units - 20 mA , 50Meter Factor % Change/Degree , 108Meter Factor Reference Temperature , 108Meter Factor Variation , 109Meter Factors , 107Meter ID , 60Meter Position Disable , 32Meter Pulse Test - (Dual Channel X1) , 94Meter Pulse Test - (Dual Channel X2) , 95Meter Pulse Test (Dual Channel X1) , 94, 95Meter Pulse Test (Single Channel X1) , 93Meter Pulse Test (Single Channel X2) , 94Min Temp/Density Units - 4mA , 47Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Setting , 112Minimum Back Pressure Flow Rate Timer Setting , 113Minimum Batch Volume , 107Minimum Flow Rate , 104Minimum Preset , 121Minimum Preset Volume , 38Minimum Pressure Units - 4 mA , 50

—N—Net Non-resettable Totals , 116Number of Additive Injectors , 4Number of Products , 4Number of Prompts , 80

—O—Overrun Alarm Limit , 34

—P—Permissive Sense 1 & 2 Messages Select , 83Permissive Sense 1 & 2 Select , 82Power Supply Test , 89Power-fail Alarm , 32Power-up Diagnostics , 100Pressure Directory , 49, 112Pressure Units , 49Print Configuration , 6Print Summary , 60Print Transaction , 80Printer 1 Output Resolution , 41Printer 1 Registration , 41Printer 2 Output Resolution , 42

Page 158: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 6 - Index

150 MN06103L Rev. 0.0 8/96

Printer 2 Registration , 41Printer Output Messages , 59Product Alarm Check and Reset , 18Product Description , 1Product Message Select , 103Product Selection , 103Product Vapor Pressure , 115Product Vapor Pressure Temperature , 115Programming Access Code , 26Prompt Message , 83Prompt Messages , 59Prompt Time-out , 62Prompts Data Entry Length and Display Type , 62Prompts Printed , 80Protection of Program Codes __80 - __89 , 121Protection of Program Codes 180 - 189 , 20Protection of Program Codes 180-189 , 103Protection of Program Codes 280-289 , 35, 106Protection of Program Codes 380-389 , 39, 107Protection of Program Codes 480-489 , 45, 109Protection of Program Codes 580-589 , 49, 114Protection of Program Codes 680-689 , 52, 117Protection of Program Codes 780-789 , 61, 117Protection of Program Codes 880-889 , 84, 118Protection of Program Codes 980-989 , 91, 118Proving Modes , 42Proving Output , 43Proving Output Units , 43PT/VF Time Delay , 35Pump Relay Time Delay , 34

—R—RAM Test , 99Raw Non-resettable Totals , 116Read Only Data Directory , 50, 116Ready Mode Alarms , 19Ready Mode Message , 27Ready/Run Mode Clearable Alarms Selection , 22Recipe Gross Non-resettable Total , 120Recipe GST Non-resettable Total , 120Recipe Mass Non-resettable Total , 120Recipe Net Non-resettable Total , 120Recipe Raw Non-resettable Total , 120Recipes per Transaction , 44Reference Density , 110Reference Temperature , 46Relay Select Test , 102Relay Test , 98Restart After Permissive Sense , 83Restart After Valve Power Restored , 82

RTD Test , 88Run & Ready Mode Customized Display , 27Run/Ready Initialization , 22

—S—Second High Flow Rate , 104Select Load Averages to Print , 67Select the Additive Volumes to Print , 67Select Volumes to Print , 66Set Date , 20Set Time , 19Shared Printer Out Alarm , 63Shared Printer Out Timer , 63Shared Printer Security Alarm , 66Start After Stop Delay , 34Start Key Enable/Disable , 63System Messages , 91

—T—Temperature and Density Directory , 45, 109Temperature Offset , 46Temperature Units , 46Ticket Print 1 Test , 96Ticket Print 2 Test , 97Totals , 116Transaction Alarms , 19Transaction Control , 37Transaction Security I.D. , 26Transaction Security Prompt Message , 26Transmitter Type , 45

—V—Valve Delay to Open , 34Valve Power Sense Permissive Message , 82Vapor Pressure Calculation , 114View Delivery Configuration Report , 60Volume Accuracy Directory , 37, 107Volume/Mass Conversion , 48Volumes for Local Storage , 39

—W—Watchdog Diagnostic , 101

—Z—Zero Flow Alarm , 35Zero Flow Timer , 33Zero Non-Resettable Totals , 101

Page 159: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

Section 7 - Related Publications

The specifications contained herein are subject to change without notice and any user of said specifications should verify from the manufacturer that thespecifications are currently in effect. Otherwise, the manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the use of specifications which may have been changed and are nolonger in effect.

Headquarters 1602 Wagner Ave., P.O. Box 10428, Erie, PA 16514-0428, Phone: 814/898-5000, Telex: 19-9902, Fax: 814/899-8927Smith Systems Oper. 737 North Padre Island Dr., P.O. Box 4658, Corpus Christi, TX 78469, Phone: 512/289-1100, Telex: 650/601-2856, Fax: 512/289-1115E. Hemisphere Oper. Smith Meter GmbH, Regentstrasse, P.O. Box 1164, 25470 Ellerbek, Germany, Phone: (49) 4101-3040, Telex: 17410134, Fax: (49) 4101-304133Sales Offices:Houston 6677 North Gessner, Suite 315, Houston, TX 77043, Phone: 713/510-6970, Fax: 713/510-6972London Ambassador House, 181 Farnham Road, Slough SL1 4XP, Berkshire, England, Phone: (44) 753-571515, Telex: 846765, Fax: (44) 753-529966Barcelona Via Augusta, 125, Desp. 1-7a, E-08006-Barcelona, Spain, Phone: (343) 201-0989, Telex: 98375, Fax: (343) 201-0576 or 202-0534Bahrain Flat 31, Bldg. 596, Road 2631, Area 326, P.O. Box 5120, Manama, State of Bahrain, Phone: (973) 716-949, Fax: (973) 713-597Singapore FMC Southeast Asia Pte Ltd., 149 Gul Circle, Singapore 629605, Box 236, Jurong Town Post Office, Singapore 916108 Phone: 011-65/861-3011,

Region Fax: 011-65/862-0527, Plant Fax: 011-65/862-2012Moscow Smith Meter International Ltd., Business Center OLYMPIC, Office 19, Olympiisky Prospect 16, Moscow 129090, Russian Federation,

Phone: 011-7095-974-2343, Fax: 011-7095-974-2342

Printed in U.S.A. © 6/96 Smith Meter Inc. All rights reserved. MN06103L Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96)

Smith Meter Inc...Quality...From Concept, to Product, to You

The following literature can be obtained from the Smith Meter Literature Department. Please reference theappropriate bulletin number and title when ordering.

Smith Meter Inc.1602 Wagner Avenue

P.O. Box 10428Erie, Pennsylvania 16514

AccuLoad II - SQR

Specifications .............................................................................................................................. Bulletin SS06026Installation.................................................................................................................................. Bulletin MN06105Operator Guide .......................................................................................................................... Bulletin MN06101Operator Reference.................................................................................................................... Bulletin MN06103Programming Workbook.............................................................................................................. Bulletin AB06044Communications....................................................................................................................... Bulletin MN06104L

Load Printer

Specifications .............................................................................................................................. Bulletin SS06004Installation/Operation.................................................................................................................. Bulletin MN06010Service ...................................................................................................................................... Bulletin MN06099

Valves

Model 210 Specifications......................................................................................................................... SS03009Model 210 Installation/Operation ................................................................................................ Bulletin MN03010Model 215 Specifications............................................................................................................. Bulletin SS03010Model 215 Installation/Operation ................................................................................................ Bulletin MN03006Model 215 Service...................................................................................................................... Bulletin MN03007

Page 160: Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQRinfo.smithmeter.com/literature/docs/mn06103l.pdf · Electronic Preset Delivery System AccuLoad II - SQR Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96) ...

The specifications contained herein are subject to change without notice and any user of said specifications should verify from the manufacturer that the specifications are currentlyin effect. Otherwise, the manufacturer assumes no responsibility for the use of specifications which may have been changed and are no longer in effect.

Headquarters 1602 Wagner Ave., P.O. Box 10428, Erie, PA 16514-0428, Phone: 814/898-5000, Fax: 814/899-8927, Telex: 19-9902,Smith Systems Oper. 737 North Padre Island Dr., P.O. Box 4658, Corpus Christi, TX 78469, Phone: 361/289-3400, Fax: 361/289-1115, Telex: 650/601-2865E. Hemisphere Oper. Smith Meter GmbH, Regentstrasse, P.O. Box 1164, 25470 Ellerbek, Germany, Phone: (49) 4101-3040, Fax: (49) 4101-304255, Telex: 17410134Sales Offices:

Houston 6677 North Gessner, Suite 315, Houston, TX 77040, Phone: 713/510-6970, Fax: 713/510-6972, Telex: 6975810Los Angeles 19802 Terri Drive, Canyon Country, CA 91351, Phone: 805/250-1033, Fax: 805/298-3112London Ambassador House, 181 Farnham Road, Slough SL1 4XP, Berkshire, England, Phone: (441) 753-571515, Fax: (441) 753-529966, Telex: 846765Barcelona Via Augusta, 125 Desp. 1-7a, E-08006 Barcelona, Spain, Phone: (34) 93 201-0989, Fax: (34) 93 201-0576Singapore FMC Southeast Asia Pte Ltd., 149 Gul Circle, Singapore 629605, Box 236, Jurong Town Post Office, Singapore 916108, Phone: (65) 869-0605,

Fax: (65) 861-2401Moscow Smith Meter International Ltd., 3rd Samotechny Per., 11, 103473 Moscow, Russia, Phone: 7 (502) 225-8705, Fax: 7 (502) 221-4066

Beijing 604 CITIC Bldg., 19, Jianguo Men Wai DaJie, Beijing 100004, P.R.C., Phone: 011/86-10/6500-2251, 6501-8005 (Dir), Fax: 011/86-10/6512-6857Printed in U.S.A. © 8/96 Smith Meter Inc. All rights reserved. MN06103L Issue/Rev. 0.0 (8/96)

Smith Meter Inc...Quality...From Concept, to Product, to You.